form10q.htm
UNITED
STATES
SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington,
D.C. 20549
FORM
10-Q
(Mark
One)
x
|
QUARTERLY
REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934
|
For the
quarterly period ended December 31,
2009
or
¨
|
TRANSITION
REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934
|
For the
transition period from ___ to ___
Commission
File Number 0-22175
EMCORE
Corporation
(Exact
name of registrant as specified in its charter)
New Jersey
(State
or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
|
22-2746503
(I.R.S.
Employer Identification No.)
|
|
|
10420 Research Road, SE, Albuquerque, New
Mexico
(Address
of principal executive offices)
|
87123
(Zip
Code)
|
Registrant’s
telephone number, including area code: (505)
332-5000
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be
filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required
to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for
the past 90 days. x Yes ¨
No
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on
its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be
submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit
and post such files). ¨ Yes ¨ No
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an
accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See
the definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, and “smaller
reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check
one): ¨
Large accelerated filer x
Accelerated
filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer ¨
Smaller reporting company
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule
12b-2 of the Act). ¨ Yes
xNo
The
number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s no par value common stock as of
February 4, 2010 was 81,741,138.
CAUTIONARY
STATEMENT
FOR
PURPOSES OF “SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS”
OF
THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION ACT OF 1995
This
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q includes forward-looking statements within the
meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, and Section 21E of the
Exchange Act of 1934. These forward-looking statements are largely
based on our current expectations and projections about future events and
financial trends affecting the financial condition of our
business. Such forward-looking statements include, in particular,
projections about our future results included in our Exchange Act reports,
statements about our plans, strategies, business prospects, changes and trends
in our business and the markets in which we operate. These
forward-looking statements may be identified by the use of terms and phrases
such as “anticipates”, “believes”, “can”, “could”, “estimates”, “expects”,
“forecasts”, “intends”, “may”, “plans”, “projects”, “targets”, “will”, and
similar expressions or variations of these terms and similar
phrases. Additionally, statements concerning future matters such as
the development of new products, enhancements or technologies, sales levels,
expense levels and other statements regarding matters that are not historical
are forward-looking statements. Management cautions that these forward-looking
statements relate to future events or our future financial performance and are
subject to business, economic, and other risks and uncertainties, both known and
unknown, that may cause actual results, levels of activity, performance or
achievements of our business or our industry to be materially different from
those expressed or implied by any forward-looking statements. Factors
that could cause or contribute to such differences in results and outcomes
include without limitation those discussed under Item 1A - Risk Factors in our
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30,
2009. The cautionary statements should be read as being applicable to
all forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this Quarterly Report and
they should also be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial
statements, including the related footnotes.
Neither
management nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and
completeness of the forward-looking statements. All forward-looking
statements in this Quarterly Report are made as of the date hereof, based on
information available to us as of the date hereof, and subsequent facts or
circumstances may contradict, obviate, undermine, or otherwise fail to support
or substantiate such statements. We caution you not to rely on these
statements without also considering the risks and uncertainties associated with
these statements and our business that are addressed in our Annual
Report. Certain information included in this Quarterly Report may
supersede or supplement forward-looking statements in our other Exchange Act
reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We assume
no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to conform such statements
to actual results or to changes in our expectations, except as required by
applicable law or regulation.
EMCORE
Corporation
FORM
10-Q
For
The Quarterly Period Ended December 31, 2009
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
PAGE
|
|
|
|
|
Part I
|
Financial
Information
|
|
|
Item
1.
|
Financial
Statements
|
4
|
|
Item
2.
|
Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
|
29
|
|
Item
3.
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
|
37
|
|
Item
4.
|
Controls
and Procedures
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
Part II
|
Other
Information
|
|
|
Item
1.
|
Legal
Proceedings
|
39
|
|
Item
1A.
|
Risk
Factors
|
41
|
|
Item
2.
|
Unregistered
Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
|
42
|
|
Item
3.
|
Defaults
Upon Senior Securities
|
42
|
|
Item
4.
|
Submission
of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
|
42
|
|
Item
5.
|
Other
Information
|
42
|
|
Item
6.
|
Exhibits
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SIGNATURES
|
44
|
PART
I.
|
FINANCIAL
INFORMATION
|
ITEM
I.
|
Financial
Statements
|
EMCORE
CORPORATION
Condensed
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
For
the three months ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
(in
thousands, except loss per share)
(unaudited)
|
|
For
the Three Months
Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling,
general, and administrative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss
from financing derivative instrument
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
exchange translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
loss per basic and diluted share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average
number of basic and diluted shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed
consolidated financial statements.
EMCORE
CORPORATION
Condensed
Consolidated Balance Sheets
As
of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2009
(in
thousands)
(unaudited)
|
|
As
of
December
31,
2009
|
|
As
of
September
30,
2009
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
15,138
|
|
|
$
|
14,028
|
|
Restricted
cash
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
1,521
|
|
Available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
1,350
|
|
|
|
1,350
|
|
Accounts
receivable, net of allowance of $6,640 and $7,125,
respectively
|
|
|
40,726
|
|
|
|
39,417
|
|
Inventory,
net
|
|
|
31,454
|
|
|
|
34,221
|
|
Prepaid
expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
4,550
|
|
|
|
4,712
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
current assets
|
|
|
93,222
|
|
|
|
95,249
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property,
plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
52,719
|
|
|
|
55,028
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
20,384
|
|
|
|
20,384
|
|
Other
intangible assets, net
|
|
|
12,424
|
|
|
|
12,982
|
|
Long-term
restricted cash
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
Other
non-current assets, net
|
|
|
720
|
|
|
|
753
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
assets
|
|
$
|
179,632
|
|
|
$
|
184,559
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES
and SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings
from credit facility
|
|
$
|
10,678
|
|
|
$
|
10,332
|
|
Short-term
debt
|
|
|
843
|
|
|
|
842
|
|
Accounts
payable
|
|
|
28,632
|
|
|
|
24,931
|
|
Accrued
expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
21,042
|
|
|
|
21,687
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
current liabilities
|
|
|
61,195
|
|
|
|
57,792
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warrant
liability
|
|
|
1,132
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Other
long-term liabilities
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
liabilities
|
|
|
62,430
|
|
|
|
57,896
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments
and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders’
equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred
stock, $0.0001 par, 5,882 shares authorized; no shares
outstanding
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Common
stock, no par value, 200,000 shares authorized;
81,900
shares issued and 81,741 shares outstanding as of December 31,
2009;
80,982
shares issued and 80,823 shares outstanding as of September 30,
2009
|
|
|
692,942
|
|
|
|
688,844
|
|
Accumulated
deficit
|
|
|
(574,471
|
)
|
|
|
(560,833
|
)
|
Accumulated
other comprehensive income
|
|
|
814
|
|
|
|
735
|
|
Treasury
stock, at cost; 159
shares as of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2009
|
|
|
(2,083
|
)
|
|
|
(2,083
|
)
|
Total
shareholders’ equity
|
|
|
117,202
|
|
|
|
126,663
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
liabilities and shareholders’ equity
|
|
$
|
179,632
|
|
|
$
|
184,559
|
|
The
accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed
consolidated financial statements.
EMCORE
CORPORATION
Condensed
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For
the three months ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
(in
thousands)
(unaudited)
|
|
For
the Three Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Cash
flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
loss
|
|
$
|
(13,638
|
)
|
|
$
|
(53,445
|
)
|
|
Adjustments
to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairments
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
33,781
|
|
|
Stock-based
compensation expense
|
|
|
3,186
|
|
|
|
2,150
|
|
|
Depreciation
and amortization expense
|
|
|
3,117
|
|
|
|
4,293
|
|
|
Provision
for inventory
|
|
|
(378
|
)
|
|
|
4,362
|
|
|
Provision
for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
(434
|
)
|
|
|
922
|
|
|
Provision
for product warranty
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
Impairment
of investment
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
366
|
|
|
Loss
on disposal of equipment
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
Compensatory
stock issuances
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
Loss
from financing derivative instrument
|
|
|
1,360
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
Total
non-cash adjustments
|
|
|
7,391
|
|
|
|
45,989
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes
in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts
receivable
|
|
|
(1,004
|
)
|
|
|
(1,938
|
)
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
3,143
|
|
|
|
(4,337
|
)
|
|
Other
assets
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
Accounts
payable
|
|
|
3,682
|
|
|
|
(6,806
|
)
|
|
Accrued
expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
(987
|
)
|
|
|
(832
|
)
|
|
Total
change in operating assets and liabilities
|
|
|
5,007
|
|
|
|
(13,688
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
cash used in operating activities
|
|
|
(1,240
|
)
|
|
|
(21,144
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase
of plant and equipment
|
|
|
(87
|
)
|
|
|
(597
|
)
|
|
Investments
in patents
|
|
|
(158
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
Sale
of available-for-sale securities
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,700
|
|
|
Release
of restricted cash
|
|
|
1,517
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
cash provided by investing activities
|
|
$
|
1,272
|
|
|
$
|
1,130
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed
consolidated financial statements.
EMCORE
CORPORATION
Condensed
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For
the three months ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
(in
thousands)
(unaudited)
(Continued
from previous page)
|
|
For
the Three Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Cash
flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds
from borrowings from credit facility
|
|
$
|
58,227
|
|
|
$
|
15,443
|
|
|
Payments
on borrowings from credit facility
|
|
|
(57,881
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
Proceeds
from borrowings on short-term debt
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
910
|
|
|
Payments
on borrowings on short-term debt
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
Proceeds
from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
Proceeds
from employee stock purchase plan
|
|
|
505
|
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
Payments
on capital lease obligations
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
850
|
|
|
|
16,998
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect
of foreign currency
|
|
|
228
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
1,110
|
|
|
|
(2,909
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
14,028
|
|
|
|
18,227
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
15,138
|
|
|
$
|
15,318
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL
DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
paid during the period for interest
|
|
$
|
76
|
|
|
$
|
132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
paid during the period for income taxes
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NON-CASH
INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition
of equipment under capital lease
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance
of common stock under financing derivative instrument
|
|
$
|
228
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed
consolidated financial statements.
EMCORE
Corporation
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE
1. Basis of Presentation
The
accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of EMCORE Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company” or “EMCORE”).
All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation.
These
statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim information,
and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X of the
Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Accordingly, they do not include all
of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for annual financial
statements. In the opinion of management, the interim financial statements
reflect all normal adjustments that are necessary to provide a fair presentation
of the financial results for the interim periods presented. Operating
results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results that may
be expected for an entire fiscal year. The condensed consolidated balance sheet
as of September 30, 2009 has been derived from the audited consolidated
financial statements as of such date. For a more complete understanding of the
Company’s financial position, operating results, risk factors and other matters,
please refer to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended September 30, 2009.
We have
evaluated subsequent events from December 31, 2009 through February 9, 2010, the
date that these financial statements were issued.
Use of
Estimates. The preparation of the consolidated financial
statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management of the Company to
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, as of the date
of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses
during the reported period. The accounting estimates that require our
most significant, difficult, and subjective judgments include:
-
|
valuation
of inventory, goodwill, intangible assets, warrants, and stock-based
compensation;
|
-
|
assessment
of recovery of long-lived assets;
|
-
|
revenue
recognition associated with the percentage of completion method;
and,
|
-
|
allowance
for doubtful accounts and warranty
accruals.
|
Management
develops estimates based on historical experience and on various assumptions
about the future that are believed to be reasonable based on the best
information available. The Company’s reported financial position or results of
operations may be materially different under changed conditions or when using
different estimates and assumptions, particularly with respect to significant
accounting policies. In the event that estimates or assumptions prove
to differ from actual results, adjustments are made in subsequent periods to
reflect more current information.
Loss per Share. The
Company’s loss per share was calculated by dividing net loss applicable to
common stock by the weighted average number of common stock shares outstanding
for the period and it is presented in the accompanying consolidated statements
of operations. For the three months ended December 31, 2009, and
2008, all stock options and warrants were excluded from the computation of
diluted earnings per share since the Company incurred a net loss for these
periods and any effect would have been anti-dilutive.
Liquidity and Capital
Resources
As of
December 31, 2009, cash, cash equivalents, available-for-sale securities and
current restricted cash totaled approximately $16.5 million.
The
Company incurred a net loss of $13.6 million for the three months ended December
31, 2009. The Company’s operating results for future periods are
subject to numerous uncertainties and it is uncertain if the Company will be
able to reduce or eliminate its net losses for the foreseeable
future. Although the Company experienced year-over-year revenue
growth in most years, in fiscal 2009, the Company had not been able to sustain
historical revenue growth rates due to material adverse changes in market and
economic conditions.
In the
event that management is not able to increase revenue and/or manage operating
expenses in line with revenue forecasts, the Company may not be able to achieve
profitability.
Historically,
the Company has consumed cash from operations. During the three
months ended December 31, 2009, the Company consumed cash from operations of
approximately $1.2 million and, over the last three quarters, has only consumed
$0.2 million in cash from operations due primarily to improved working capital
management.
Management Actions and
Plans
Historically,
management has addressed liquidity requirements through a series of cost
reduction initiatives, capital markets transactions, and the sale of
assets. Management anticipates that the current recession in the
United States and internationally may continue to impose formidable challenges
for the Company’s businesses in the near term.
Due to
significant differences in operating strategy between the Company’s Fiber Optics
and Photovoltaics businesses, the Company’s management and board of directors
believes that they would provide greater value to shareholders if they were
operated as two separate business entities.
In
furtherance of this strategy, on February 3, 2010, the Company entered into a
share purchase agreement to create a joint venture with Tangshan Caofeidian
Investment Corporation (“TCIC”), a Chinese investment company located in the
Caofeidian Industry Zone, Tangshan City, Hebei Province of China. The
agreement provides for TCIC to purchase a sixty percent (60%) interest in the
Company’s Fiber Optics business (excluding its satellite communications and
specialty photonics fiber optics product lines), which will be operated as a
joint venture once the transaction is closed. The Fiber Optics
businesses included in this transaction are the Company’s telecom, enterprise,
cable television (CATV), fiber-to-the-premises (FTTP), and video transport
product lines. The Company will retain the satellite communications and
specialty photonics fiber optics product lines as well as the satellite and
terrestrial solar businesses. See Footnote 17 – Subsequent Event for
additional information related to this new joint venture.
During
fiscal 2009, management implemented a series of measures and continues to
evaluate opportunities intended to align the Company’s cost structure with its
revenue forecasts. Such measures included several workforce
reductions, temporary salary reductions, the elimination of executive and
employee merit increases and bonuses for fiscal 2009, and the elimination or
reduction of certain discretionary expenses. The Company has also
significantly lowered its spending on capital expenditures and focused on
improving the management of its working capital. During the last
twelve months ended December 31, 2009, the Company monetized approximately $25.5
million of inventory, generated $16.9 million in cash from lowering its accounts
receivable balances and achieved positive cash flow from operations during the
quarters ended June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009.
In fiscal
2010, the Company continues to remain focused on maximizing cash flow from
operations while developing additional sources of liquidity.
On
October 1, 2009, the Company entered into an equity line of credit arrangement
with Commerce Court Small Cap Value Fund, Ltd. (“Commerce
Court”). Upon issuance of a draw-down request by the Company,
Commerce Court has committed to purchasing up to $25 million worth of shares of
the Company’s common stock over the 24-month term of the purchase agreement,
provided that the number of shares the Company may sell under the facility is
limited to no more than 15,971,169 shares of common stock or that would result
in the beneficial ownership of more than 9.9% of the then issued and outstanding
shares of the Company’s common stock.
Conclusion
We
believe that our existing balances of cash, cash equivalents, and
available-for-sale securities, together with the cash expected to be generated
from operations, amounts expected to be available under our revolving credit
facility with Bank of America and the equity line of credit agreement with
Commerce Court will provide us with sufficient financial resources to meet our
cash requirements for operations, working capital, and capital expenditures for
the next 12 months. However, in the event of unforeseen
circumstances, or unfavorable market or economic developments, we may have to
raise additional funds by any one or a combination of the following: issuing
equity, debt or convertible debt, or selling certain product lines and/or
portions of our business. There can be no guarantee that we will be able to
raise additional funds on terms acceptable to us, or at all. A significant
contraction in the capital markets, particularly in the technology sector, may
make it difficult for us to raise additional capital if or when it is required,
especially if we experience disappointing operating results. If
adequate capital is not available to us as required, or is not available on
favorable terms, our business, financial condition and results of operations may
be adversely affected.
NOTE
2. Recent Accounting Pronouncements
ASC 105 – Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles. On October 1,
2009, the Company adopted new authoritative guidance within ASC 105 which
establishes the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting
Standards Codification (“ASC”) as the sole source of authoritative accounting
principles recognized by the FASB to be applied by all nongovernmental entities
in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with
GAAP. The adoption of this new guidance did not impact the Company’s
results of operations or financial condition, but it revised the reference of
accounting pronouncements within this Quarterly Report.
ASC 350 – Intangibles
– Goodwill and Other. On October 1,
2009, the Company adopted new authoritative guidance within ASC 350 which amends
the factors an entity should consider in developing renewal or extension
assumptions used in determining the useful life of recognized intangible
assets and the
period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of intangible
assets under ASC 805, Business
Combinations. The adoption of this new guidance did not have
any impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial
condition.
ASC 470 – Debt. On October 1, 2009, the
Company adopted new authoritative guidance within ASC 470 that requires the
proceeds from the issuance of certain convertible debt instruments to be
allocated between a liability component (issued at a discount) and an equity
component. The resulting debt discount is amortized over the period the
convertible debt is expected to be outstanding as additional non-cash interest
expense. The change in accounting treatment is effective for the Company
beginning in fiscal 2010, and it is required to be applied retrospectively to
prior periods. Management is currently assessing the potential impact
upon adoption of this new guidance and expects it will have an effect on the
Company’s fiscal 2008 statement of operations, but it should not have any effect
on the fiscal 2008 ending equity account balances or the fiscal 2009 financial
statements.
ASC 605 – Revenue
Recognition. In October 2009, the FASB issued new
authoritative guidance on revenue recognition related to arrangements with
multiple deliverables that will become effective in fiscal 2011, with earlier
adoption permitted. Under the new guidance, when vendor specific
objective evidence or third party evidence for deliverables in an arrangement
can not be determined, a best estimate of the selling price is required to
separate deliverables and allocate arrangement consideration using the relative
selling price method. The new guidance includes new disclosure requirements on
how the application of the relative selling price method affects the timing and
amount of revenue recognition. Management is currently assessing the
potential impact that the adoption of this new guidance could have on the
Company’s financial statements.
ASC 805 – Business
Combinations. On
October 1, 2009, the Company adopted new authoritative guidance within ASC
805 which requires an acquirer to recognize the assets acquired, the
liabilities assumed, including those arising from contractual
contingencies, any contingent consideration, and any noncontrolling
interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date, measured at their fair
values as of that date, with limited exceptions specified in the
statement. It also requires the acquirer in a business
combination achieved in stages (sometimes referred to as a step
acquisition) to recognize the identifiable assets and liabilities, as well
as the noncontrolling interest in the acquiree, at the full amounts of
their fair values (or other amounts determined in accordance with this
accounting principle). In addition, the accounting principle’s
requirement to measure the noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at fair
value will result in recognizing the goodwill attributable to the
noncontrolling interest in addition to that attributable to the acquirer.
ASC 805 also requires the acquirer to recognize changes in the amount of
its deferred tax benefits that are recognizable because of a business
combination either in income from continuing operations in the period of
the combination or directly in contributed capital, depending on the
circumstances. It also provides guidance on the impairment testing of
acquired research and development intangible assets and assets that the
acquirer intends not to use. ASC 805 applies prospectively to
business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after
October 1, 2009, therefore, the adoption of ASC 805 did not have any
impact on the Company’s historical financial
statements.
|
ASC 810 – Consolidation. – On October 1,
2009, the Company adopted new authoritative guidance within ASC 810 which
establishes accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest
in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. It also clarifies
that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest in the
consolidated entity that should be reported as equity in the consolidated
financial statements. ASC 810 also changes the way the consolidated
income statement is presented by requiring consolidated net income to be
reported at amounts that include the amounts attributable to both the parent and
the noncontrolling interest. It also requires disclosure, on the face of the
consolidated statement of income, of the amounts of consolidated net income
attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest. ASC 810 requires
that a parent recognize a gain or loss in net income when a subsidiary is
deconsolidated and requires expanded disclosures in the consolidated financial
statements that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the
parent owners and the interests of the noncontrolling owners of a
subsidiary. The adoption of this new guidance did not have any impact
on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.
NOTE
3. Equity
Stock
Options
The Company provides
long-term incentives to eligible officers, directors, and employees in the form
of stock options. Most of the stock options vest and become exercisable
over four to five years and have a contractual life of ten years. The Company
maintains two stock option plans: the 1995 Incentive and Non-Statutory Stock
Option Plan (“1995 Plan”) and the 2000 Stock Option Plan (“2000 Plan” and,
together with the 1995 Plan, the “Option Plans”). The 1995 Plan authorizes the
grant of stock options up to 2,744,118 shares of the Company's common
stock. The 2000 Plan authorizes the grant of stock options up to
15,850,000 shares of the Company's common stock. As of December 31,
2009, no stock options were available for issuance under the 1995 Plan and
2,252,014 stock options were available for issuance under the 2000
Plan. Certain options under the Option Plans are intended to qualify
as incentive stock options pursuant to Section 422A of the Internal Revenue
Code. The Company issues new shares of common stock to satisfy
the issuance of shares under the Option Plans.
The following table
summarizes the activity under the Option Plans:
|
|
|
|
Weighted
Average Exercise Price
|
|
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
as of September 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
as of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable
as of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested
and expected to vest as of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
December 31, 2009, there was approximately $5.5 million of total unrecognized
compensation expense related to non-vested stock-based compensation arrangements
granted under the Option Plans. This expense is expected to be
recognized over an estimated weighted average life of 2.8 years.
Intrinsic
value for stock options represents the “in-the-money” portion or the positive
variance between a stock option’s exercise price and the underlying stock
price. There were no stock options exercised during the three months
ended December 31, 2009. The total intrinsic value related to stock
options exercised during the three months ended December 31, 2008 totaled
approximately $10,000. The intrinsic value related to fully vested
and expected to vest stock options as of December 31, 2009 totaled approximately
$11,000 and there was no intrinsic value related to exercisable stock options as
of December 31, 2009.
|
|
Number
of Stock Options Outstanding
|
|
Options
Exercisable
|
Exercise
Price of Stock Options
|
|
Number
Outstanding
|
|
Weighted
Average Remaining Contractual Life (years)
|
|
Weighted-
Average Exercise Price
|
|
Number
Exercisable
|
|
Weighted-
Average Exercise Price
|
<$5.00
|
|
5,104,908
|
|
8.02
|
|
$1.90
|
|
1,496,845
|
|
$2.98
|
>=$5.00
to <$10.00
|
|
4,729,939
|
|
7.66
|
|
7.55
|
|
2,035,056
|
|
7.41
|
>$10.00
|
|
118,920
|
|
2.64
|
|
18.53
|
|
93,820
|
|
20.47
|
TOTAL
|
|
9,953,767
|
|
7.78
|
|
$4.78
|
|
3,625,721
|
|
$5.92
|
Stock-based
compensation expense is measured at the stock option grant date, based on the
fair value of the award, and is recorded to cost of sales; sales, general, &
administrative; and research and development expense based on individual
employee’s responsibility and function over the requisite service
period. Management has made an estimate of expected forfeitures and
is recognizing compensation expense only for those equity awards expected to
vest. The effect of recording stock-based compensation expense
was as follows:
(in
thousands, except per share data)
|
|
Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
Stock-based
compensation expense by award type:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
stock purchase plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
effect on net loss per basic and diluted share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Surrender of Stock
Options
On
November 20, 2009, Mr. Markovich, the Company’s Chief Financial Officer,
voluntarily surrendered stock options exercisable into 475,000 shares of common
stock. These stock options had an exercise price of $5.57 and were
granted to Mr. Markovich on August 18, 2008. Mr. Markovich received
no consideration in exchange for the surrender of these stock
options. The surrender of his non-vested stock options resulted in an
immediate non-cash charge of $1.3 million which was recorded in SG&A during
the three months ended December 31, 2009. The expense was due to the
acceleration of all unrecognized stock-based compensation expense associated
with that specific stock option grant.
Valuation
Assumptions
The fair
value of each stock option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes option valuation model and the straight-line attribution approach
using the following weighted-average assumptions. The option-pricing
model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the
option’s expected life and the price volatility of the underlying
stock. The weighted-average grant date fair value of stock options
granted during the three months ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $1.02 and
$2.95, respectively.
Black-Scholes
Weighted-Average Assumptions
Stock
Options
|
|
For
the Three Months
Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected
stock price volatility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
pre-vesting forfeitures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected Dividend
Yield: The Black-Scholes valuation model calls for a single
expected dividend yield as an input. The Company has not issued any
dividends.
Expected Stock Price
Volatility: The fair values of stock-based payments were
valued using the Black-Scholes valuation method with a volatility factor based
on the Company’s historical stock price.
Risk-Free Interest
Rate: The Company bases the risk-free interest rate used in
the Black-Scholes valuation method on the implied yield that was currently
available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon notes with an equivalent remaining term.
Where the expected term of stock-based awards do not correspond with the terms
for which interest rates are quoted, the Company performed a straight-line
interpolation to determine the rate from the available maturities.
Expected Term: Expected term
represents the period that the Company’s stock-based awards are expected to be
outstanding and was determined based on historical experience of similar awards,
giving consideration to the contractual terms of the stock-based awards, vesting
schedules and expectations of future employee behavior as influenced by changes
to the terms of its stock-based awards.
Estimated Pre-vesting Forfeitures:
When estimating forfeitures, the Company considers voluntary termination
behavior as well as workforce reduction programs.
Common
Stock
The
Company’s Board of Directors has authorized a total of 200 million shares of
common stock available for issuance.
Preferred
Stock
The
Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the Board of
Directors to issue up to 5,882,352 shares of preferred stock upon such terms and
conditions having such rights, privileges, and preferences as the Board of
Directors may determine. As of December 31, 2009 and September 30,
2009, no shares of preferred stock were issued or outstanding.
Warrants
As of
December 31, 2009, the Company had 3,000,003 warrants outstanding.
In
October 2009, the Company entered into an equity line of credit arrangement and
issued three warrants representing the right to purchase up to an aggregate of
1,600,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. See Footnote 4 -
Equity Facility, for additional information regarding this credit arrangement
and warrants issued.
In
February 2008, the Company also issued 1,400,003 warrants in conjunction with a
private placement transaction. The warrants grant the holder the
right to purchase one share of our common stock at a price of $15.06 per
share. The warrants are immediately exercisable and remain
exercisable until February 20, 2013. Beginning two years after their
issuance, the warrants may be called by the Company for a price of $0.01 per
underlying share if the closing price of its common stock has exceeded 150% of
the exercise price for at least 20 trading days within a period of any 30
consecutive trading days and other certain conditions are met. In
addition, in the event of certain fundamental transactions, principally the
purchase of the Company’s outstanding common stock for cash, the holders of the
warrants may demand that the Company purchase the unexercised portions of their
warrants for a price equal to the Black-Scholes Value of such unexercised
portions as of the time of the fundamental transaction. Warrants
issued to the investors were accounted for as an equity transaction with a value
of $9.8 million recorded to common stock.
Employee Stock Purchase
Plan
The
Company maintains an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) that provides
employees of the Company an opportunity to purchase common stock through payroll
deductions. The ESPP is a 6-month duration plan with new participation periods
beginning the first business day of January and July of each year. The purchase
price is set at 85% of the average high and low market price of the Company's
common stock on either the first or last day of the participation period,
whichever is lower, and contributions are limited to the lower of 10% of an
employee's compensation or $25,000. The Company issues new shares of
common stock to satisfy the issuance of shares under this stock-based
compensation plan.
The amounts
of shares issued for the ESPP are as follows:
|
|
Number
of Common Stock Shares
|
|
Purchase
Price per Share of
Common
Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
of shares reserved for the ESPP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
of shares issued for calendar years 2000 through
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
of shares issued for calendar year 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
of shares issued for calendar year 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining
shares reserved for the ESPP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Future
Issuances
As
of December 31, 2009, the Company had reserved a total of 16.9 million
shares of its common stock for future issuances as follows:
|
|
Number
of Common Stock Shares Available
|
|
|
|
|
|
For
exercise of outstanding common stock options
|
|
|
|
|
For
future issuances to employees under the ESPP
|
|
|
|
|
For
future common stock option awards
|
|
|
|
|
For
future exercise of warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE
4. Equity Facility
On
October 1, 2009, the Company entered into a common stock purchase agreement (the
“Purchase Agreement”) with Commerce Court Small Cap Value Fund, Ltd. (“Commerce
Court”). The Purchase Agreement provides that upon certain terms and
conditions, and the issuance of a draw-down request by the Company, Commerce
Court has committed to purchasing up to $25 million worth of shares of the
Company’s common stock over the 24-month term of the Purchase Agreement;
provided, however, in no event may the Company sell more than 15,971,169 shares
of common stock under the Purchase Agreement, which is equal to one share less
than twenty percent of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock as of
the closing date of the Purchase Agreement, less the number of shares of common
stock the Company issued to Commerce Court on the closing date in partial
payment of its commitment fee, or more shares that would result in the
beneficial ownership or more than 9.9% of the then issued and outstanding shares
of our common stock by Commerce Court.
As
payment of a portion of Commerce Court’s fees in connection with the Purchase
Agreement, the Company agreed to issue to Commerce Court upon the execution of
the Purchase Agreement, 185,185 shares of common stock and three warrants
representing the right to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,600,000 shares of
common stock, as follows:
-
|
a
warrant, pursuant to which Commerce Court may purchase up to 666,667
shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.69, which is equal to
125% of the average of the volume weighted average price of common stock
for the three trading days immediately preceding the execution date of the
Purchase Agreement,
|
-
|
a
warrant, pursuant to which Commerce Court may purchase from up to 666,667
shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.02, which is equal to
150% of the average of the volume weighted average price of common stock
for the three trading days immediately preceding the execution date of the
Purchase Agreement, and
|
-
|
a
warrant, pursuant to which Commerce Court may purchase up to 266,666
shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.36, which is equal to
175% of the average of the volume weighted average price of common stock
for the three trading days immediately preceding the execution date of the
Purchase Agreement.
|
The
warrants may be exercised at any time or from time to time between April 1, 2010
and April 1, 2015. The warrants may not be offered for sale, sold,
transferred or assigned without our consent, in whole or in part, to any person
other than an affiliate of Commerce Court. If after April 1, 2010,
the Company’s common stock trades at a price greater than 140% of the exercise
price of any warrant for a period of 10 consecutive trading days and the Company
meets certain equity conditions, then the Company has the right to effect a
mandatory exercise of such warrant.
From time
to time over the term of the Purchase Agreement, and at the Company’s sole
discretion, the Company may present Commerce Court with draw down notices to
purchase common stock over a ten consecutive trading day period or such other
period mutually agreed upon by the Company and Commerce Court (the “draw down
period”) with each draw down subject to limitations based on the price of the
Company’s common stock and a limit of the amount in the applicable fixed amount
request, or 2.5% of the Company’s market capitalization at the time of such draw
down, whichever is less.
The
Company has the right to present Commerce Court with up to 24 draw down notices
during the term of the Purchase Agreement, with only one such draw down notice
allowed per draw down period with a minimum of five trading days required
between each draw down period.
Once
presented with a draw down notice, Commerce Court is required to purchase a pro
rata portion of the shares on each trading day during the trading period on
which the daily volume weighted average price for the common stock exceeds a
threshold price determined by the Company for such draw down. The per share
purchase price for these shares will equal the daily volume weighted average
price of the common stock on each date during the draw down period on which
shares are purchased, less a discount of 5%. If the daily volume weighted
average price of the common stock falls below the threshold price on any trading
day during a draw down period, the Purchase Agreement provides that Commerce
Court will not be required to purchase the pro-rata portion of shares of common
stock allocated to that day. However, at its election, Commerce Court may buy
the pro-rata portion of shares allocated to that day at the threshold price less
the discount described above.
The
Purchase Agreement also provides that, from time to time and at the Company’s
sole discretion, the Company may grant Commerce Court the right to exercise one
or more options to purchase additional shares of common stock during each draw
down period for an amount of shares specified by the Company based on the
trading price of the common stock. Upon Commerce Court’s exercise of such an
option, the Company would sell to Commerce Court the shares of common stock
subject to the option at a price equal to the greater of the daily volume
weighted average price of the common stock on the day Commerce Court notifies
the Company of its election to exercise its option or the threshold price for
the option determined by the Company, less a discount calculated in the same
manner as it is calculated in the draw down notice.
In
addition to the issuance of shares of common stock to Commerce Court pursuant to
the Purchase Agreement, a supplement to the Company’s shelf registration
statement filed with the SEC also covers the sale of those shares from time to
time by Commerce Court to the public.
The
Company paid $45,000 of Commerce Court’s attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred
by Commerce Court in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and
delivery of the Purchase Agreement and related transaction
documentation. The Company has also agreed to pay up to $5,000 in
certain fees and expenses incurred by Commerce Court in connection with any
amendments, modifications or waivers of the Purchase Agreement, ongoing due
diligence of our company and other transaction expenses associated with fixed
requests made by the Company from time to time during the term of the Purchase
Agreement, provided that the Company shall not be required to pay any
reimbursement for any such expenses in any calendar quarter in which the Company
provides a fixed request notice.
If the
Company issues a draw down notice and fails to deliver the shares to Commerce
Court on the applicable settlement date, and such failure continues for ten
trading days, the Company has agreed to pay Commerce Court, at Commerce Court’s
option, liquidated damages in cash or restricted shares of common
stock.
Upon each
sale of common stock to Commerce Court under the Purchase Agreement, the Company
has also agreed to pay Reedland Capital Partners, an Institutional Division of
Financial West Group, a placement fee equal to 1% of the aggregate dollar amount
of common stock purchased by Commerce Court.
Financial
Impact
The
Purchase Agreement meets all of the criteria of a financial derivative
instrument in accordance with the accounting literature in ASC 815, Derivatives and
Hedging. Derivative instruments should be measured initially
at fair value; however, because the Purchase Agreement is based on the
prevailing market price at a possible future transaction date, this
variable-priced contract would not be expected to have a fair value other than
zero. The warrants issued by the Company were classified as a
liability since the warrants met the classification requirements for liability
accounting in accordance with ASC 815.
Costs
incurred to enter into this derivative instrument were expensed as
incurred. During the three months ended December 31, 2009, the
Company expensed the fair value of the common stock and warrants issued as a
non-operating expense from a financing derivative instrument within the
condensed consolidated statement of operations.
The fair
value of the 185,185 shares of common stock issued was based on the closing
price of $1.23 per share on October 1, 2009, or $0.2 million. The
fair value of each warrant was estimated using the Black-Scholes option
valuation model using the weighted-average assumptions set forth
below. The option-pricing model requires the input of highly
subjective assumptions, including the warrant’s expected life and the price
volatility of the underlying stock, as outlined below:
Black-Scholes
Assumptions
As
of October 1, 2009
|
Warrant 1
|
Warrant 2
|
Warrant 3
|
TOTAL
|
Grant
date
|
10/1/09
|
10/1/09
|
10/1/09
|
|
Stock
price
|
$1.23
|
$1.23
|
$1.23
|
|
Exercise
price
|
$1.69
|
$2.02
|
$2.36
|
|
Expected
term
|
5.5
years
|
5.5
years
|
5.5
years
|
|
Dividend
yield
|
0%
|
0%
|
0%
|
|
Volatility
|
95%
|
95%
|
95%
|
|
Risk-free
interest rate
|
2.2%
|
2.2%
|
2.2%
|
|
Black-Scholes
value
|
$0.87
|
$0.84
|
$0.81
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
of warrants issued
|
666,667
|
666,667
|
266,666
|
1,600,000
|
Value
of warrants
|
$580,000
|
$560,000
|
$216,000
|
$1,356,000
|
On
October 1, 2009, the Company recorded $1.4 million in non-operating expense
related to the issuance of these warrants. The Company expects an
impact to the consolidated statement of operations when it records an adjustment
to fair value of the warrants at the end of each quarterly reporting period
going forward.
As of
December 31, 2009, the fair value of the warrants was estimated to be $1.1
million and the Company recorded a gain of $0.2 million on the change in fair
value of the warrants since October 1, 2009. The fair value of each
warrant was estimated using the following weighted-average
assumptions:
Black-Scholes
calculation
As
of December 31, 2009
|
Warrant 1
|
Warrant 2
|
Warrant 3
|
TOTAL
|
Grant
date
|
10/1/09
|
10/1/09
|
10/1/09
|
|
Stock
price
|
$1.07
|
$1.07
|
$1.07
|
|
Exercise
price
|
$1.69
|
$2.02
|
$2.36
|
|
Expected
term
|
5.25
years
|
5.25
years
|
5.25
years
|
|
Dividend
yield
|
0%
|
0%
|
0%
|
|
Volatility
|
95%
|
95%
|
95%
|
|
Risk-free
interest rate
|
2.7%
|
2.7%
|
2.7%
|
|
Black-Scholes
value
|
$0.73
|
$0.70
|
$0.67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
of warrants issued
|
666,667
|
666,667
|
266,666
|
1,600,000
|
Value
of warrants
|
$486,667
|
$466,667
|
$178,666
|
$1,132,000
|
NOTE
5. Receivables
The
components of accounts receivable consisted of the following:
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
As
of
December
31, 2009
|
|
|
As
of
September
30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts
receivable
|
|
$
|
42,168
|
|
$
|
40,474
|
|
Accounts
receivable – unbilled
|
|
|
5,198
|
|
|
6,068
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts
receivable, gross
|
|
|
47,366
|
|
|
46,542
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance
for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
(6,640
|
)
|
|
(7,125
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
accounts receivable, net
|
|
$
|
40,726
|
|
$
|
39,417
|
|
The
Company records receivables from certain solar panel and solar power systems
contracts using the percentage-of-completion method. The term of the
contracts associated with this type of receivable usually exceed a period of one
year. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had recorded $13.0 million
of accounts receivable using the percentage of completion method. Of
this amount, $8.5 million was invoiced and $4.5 million was unbilled as of
December 31, 2009. Unbilled accounts receivable represents revenue
recognized but not yet billed or accounts billed after the period
ended. Billings on contracts using the percentage-of-completion
method usually occurs upon completion of predetermined contract milestones or
other contract terms, such as customer approval. The allowance for
doubtful accounts specifically related to receivables recorded using the
percentage-of-completion method totaled $2.5 million as of December 31,
2009. The allowance is based on the age of receivables and a specific
identification of receivables considered at risk of collection.
All of
the Company’s accounts receivable as of December 31, 2009 is expected to be
collected within the next twelve months.
The
following table summarizes the changes in the allowance for doubtful
accounts:
(in
thousands)
|
|
For
the Three Months Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
at beginning of period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision
adjustment – (recovery) expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Write-offs
- deductions against receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE
6. Inventory
Inventory
is stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost being determined using the
standard cost method that includes material, labor, and manufacturing overhead
costs. The components of inventory consisted of the
following:
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
As
of
December
31,2009
|
|
|
As
of
September
30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Raw
materials
|
|
$
|
28,237
|
|
$
|
27,607
|
|
Work-in-process
|
|
|
7,057
|
|
|
6,496
|
|
Finished
goods
|
|
|
7,374
|
|
|
9,998
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory,
gross
|
|
|
42,668
|
|
|
44,101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less:
valuation allowance
|
|
|
(11,214
|
)
|
|
(9,880
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
inventory, net
|
|
$
|
31,454
|
|
$
|
34,221
|
|
The
following table summarizes the changes in the valuation allowance
accounts:
(in
thousands)
|
|
For
the Three Months
Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
at beginning of period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision
adjustment – (recovery) expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustments
against inventory or provisions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE
7. Property, Plant, and Equipment
The
components of property, plant, and equipment consisted of the
following:
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
As
of
December
31, 2009
|
|
|
As
of
September
30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land
|
|
$
|
1,502
|
|
$
|
1,502
|
|
Building
and improvements
|
|
|
34,922
|
|
|
34,922
|
|
Equipment
|
|
|
98,711
|
|
|
98,693
|
|
Furniture
and fixtures
|
|
|
3,065
|
|
|
3,065
|
|
Computer
hardware and software
|
|
|
2,655
|
|
|
2,660
|
|
Leasehold
improvements
|
|
|
1,055
|
|
|
1,094
|
|
Construction
in progress
|
|
|
3,144
|
|
|
3,031
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property,
plant and equipment, gross
|
|
|
145,054
|
|
|
144,967
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less:
accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(92,335
|
)
|
|
(89,939
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
52,719
|
|
$
|
55,028
|
|
As of
December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2009, the Company did not have any
significant capital lease agreements.
Depreciation
expense was $2.4 million and $3.1 million for the three months ended December
31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
NOTE
8. Goodwill
As of
September 30, 2009, the Company performed an impairment test on its goodwill
based on revised operational and cash flow forecasts. The impairment
testing indicated that no impairment existed and that fair value exceeded
carrying value by approximately 40%. As of December 31, 2009, the
Company performed an annual impairment test on its goodwill of $20.4 million
related to its Photovoltaics reporting unit and the Company believes the
carrying amount of the goodwill is not impaired. There were no events
or change in circumstances that would more likely than not reduce the fair value
of the Photovoltaics reporting unit below its carrying
amount. However, if there is further erosion of the Company’s market
capitalization or the Photovoltaics reporting unit is unable to achieve its
projected cash flows, management may be required to perform additional
impairment tests of its remaining goodwill. The outcome of these
additional tests may result in the Company recording goodwill impairment
charges.
NOTE
9. Intangible Assets
The
following table sets forth changes in the carrying value of intangible assets by
reporting segment:
(in
thousands)
|
|
As of December 31,
2009
|
|
As
of September 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
Assets
|
|
|
Accumulated
Amortization
|
|
|
Net
Assets
|
|
|
Gross
Assets
|
|
|
Accumulated
Amortization
|
|
|
Net
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiber
Optics
|
|
$
|
24,522
|
|
$
|
(12,993
|
)
|
$
|
11,529
|
|
$
|
24,494
|
|
$
|
(12,341
|
)
|
$
|
12,153
|
|
Photovoltaics
|
|
|
1,589
|
|
|
(694
|
)
|
|
895
|
|
|
1,459
|
|
|
(630
|
)
|
|
829
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
26,111
|
|
$
|
(13,687
|
)
|
$
|
12,424
|
|
$
|
25,953
|
|
$
|
(12,971
|
)
|
$
|
12,982
|
|
The
Company believes the carrying amount of its long-lived assets and intangible
assets as of December 31, 2009 are recoverable. However, if there is
further erosion of the Company’s market capitalization or the Company is unable
to achieve its projected cash flows, management may be required to perform
impairment tests of its remaining long-lived assets and intangible
assets. The outcome of these tests may result in the Company
recording impairment charges.
Amortization
expense related to intangible assets is generally included in SG&A on the
consolidated statements of operations. Amortization expense was $0.7
million and $1.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2009 and
2008, respectively.
Based on
the carrying amount of the intangible assets as of December 31, 2009, the
estimated future amortization expense is as follows:
(in
thousands)
|
|
Estimated
Future Amortization Expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine
months ended September 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal
year ended September 30, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal
year ended September 30, 2012
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal
year ended September 30, 2013
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal
year ended September 30, 2014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
future amortization expense
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE
10. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
The
components of accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the
following:
(in
thousands)
|
|
As
of
December
31, 2009
|
|
As
of
September
30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
revenue and customer deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
following table summarizes the changes in the product warranty accrual
accounts:
(in
thousands)
|
|
For
the Three Months
Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
at beginning of period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision
adjustment – expense (recovery)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Utilization
of warranty accrual
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE
11. Restructuring Charges
In
accordance with ASC 420, Exit
or Disposal Cost Obligations, restructuring charges include costs
associated with the integration of business acquisitions and overall
cost-reduction efforts, all of which are generally included in SG&A on the
consolidated statements of operations.
Restructuring
charges consisted of the following:
(in
thousands)
|
|
For
the Three Months
Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
severance-related expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
restructuring-related expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
restructuring charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
following table sets forth changes in the severance and restructuring-related
accrual accounts:
(in
thousands)
|
|
Severance-related
Accrual
|
|
Restructuring-related
Accrual
|
|
|
Balance
as of September 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
payments or otherwise settled
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
as of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE
12. Debt
Line of
Credit
In
September 2008, the Company closed a $25 million asset-backed revolving credit
facility with Bank of America which can be used for working capital, letters of
credit and other general corporate purposes. Subsequently, the credit
facility was amended resulting in a reduction in the total loan availability to
$14 million. The credit facility matures in September 2011 and is
secured by virtually all of the Company’s assets. The credit facility
is subject to a borrowing base formula based on eligible accounts receivable and
provides for prime-based borrowings.
As of
December 31, 2009, the Company had a $10.7 million prime rate loan outstanding,
with an interest rate of 8.25%, and approximately $2.9 million in outstanding
standby letters of credit under this credit facility.
The
facility is also subject to certain financial covenants. On February
8, 2010, the Company and Bank of America entered into a Sixth Amendment to the
Company’s revolving asset-backed credit facility, which (a) permits the Company
to enter into foreign exchange hedging transactions pursuant to a separate
facility with the bank, provided that available amounts under such facility
shall be deducted from the maximum revolving loan limit under this facility; and
(b) resets the EDITDA financial covenant for the first quarter of fiscal 2010 to
place the Company in compliance with that covenant.
Short-term
Debt
In
December 2008, the Company borrowed $0.9 million from UBS Securities that is
collateralized with $1.4 million of auction rate preferred
securities. The average interest rate on the loan is approximately
1.4% and the term of the loan is dependent upon the timing of the settlement of
the auction rate securities with UBS Securities which is expected to occur by
June 2010 at 100% par value.
Letters of
credit
As of
December 31, 2009, the Company had 8 standby letters of credit issued and
outstanding which totaled approximately $3.1 million, of which $2.9 million was
issued against the Company’s credit facility with Bank of America and the
remaining $0.2 million in standby letters of credit are collateralized with
other financial institutions and are listed on the Company’s balance sheet as
restricted cash.
NOTE
13. Commitments and Contingencies
The
Company leases certain land, facilities, and equipment under non-cancelable
operating leases. The leases typically provide for rental adjustments for
increases in base rent (up to specific limits), property taxes, insurance and
general property maintenance that would be recorded as rent
expense. Net facility and equipment rent expense under such leases
totaled approximately $0.7 million and $0.6 million for the three months ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Estimated
future minimum rental payments under the Company's non-cancelable operating
leases with an initial or remaining term of one year or more as of December 31,
2009 are as follows:
(in
thousands)
|
|
Estimated
Future Minimum Lease Payments
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine
months ended September 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal
year ended September 30, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal
year ended September 30, 2012
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal
year ended September 30, 2013
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal
year ended September 30, 2014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
minimum lease payments
|
|
|
|
|
Legal
Proceedings
The
Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that are discussed
below. The Company is also subject to certain other legal proceedings and claims
that have arisen in the ordinary course of business and which have not been
fully adjudicated. The Company does not believe it has a potential
liability related to current legal proceedings and claims that could
individually, or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on its
financial condition, liquidity or results of operations. However, the results of
legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty. Should the Company fail to
prevail in any legal matters or should several legal matters be resolved against
the Company in the same reporting period, then the operating results of that
particular reporting period could be materially adversely
affected. In the past, the Company settled certain matters that did
not individually, or in the aggregate, have a material impact on the Company’s
results of operations.
a)
Intellectual Property Lawsuits
We
protect our proprietary technology by applying for patents where appropriate
and, in other cases, by preserving the technology, related know-how and
information as trade secrets. The success and competitive position of our
product lines are significantly impacted by our ability to obtain intellectual
property protection for our R&D efforts.
We have,
from time to time, exchanged correspondence with third parties regarding the
assertion of patent or other intellectual property rights in connection with
certain of our products and processes. Additionally, on September 11, 2006, we
filed a lawsuit against Optium Corporation, currently part of Finisar
Corporation (Optium) in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of
Pennsylvania for patent infringement of certain patents associated with our
Fiber Optics segment. In the suit, the Company and JDS Uniphase Corporation
(JDSU) allege that Optium is infringing on U.S. patents 6,282,003 and 6,490,071
with its Prisma II 1550nm transmitters. On March 14, 2007, following denial of a
motion to add additional claims to its existing lawsuit, the Company and JDSU
filed a second patent suit in the same court against Optium alleging
infringement of JDSU's patent 6,519,374 ("the '374 patent"). On March
15, 2007, Optium filed a declaratory judgment action against the Company and
JDSU. Optium sought in this litigation a declaration that certain products of
Optium do not infringe the '374 patent and that the patent is invalid, but the
District Court dismissed the action on January 3, 2008 without addressing the
merits. The '374 patent is assigned to JDSU and licensed to the
Company.
On
December 20, 2007, the Company was served with a complaint in another
declaratory relief action which Optium had filed in the Federal District Court
for the Western District of Pennsylvania. This action seeks to have
U.S. patents 6,282,003 and 6,490,071 declared invalid or unenforceable because
of certain conduct alleged to have occurred in connection with the grant of
these patents. These allegations are substantially the same as those
brought by Optium by motion in the Company’s own case against Optium, which
motion had been denied by the Court. On August 11, 2008, both actions
pending in the Western District of Pennsylvania were consolidated before a
single judge, and a trial date of October 19, 2009 was set. On
February 18, 2009, the Company’s motion for a summary judgment dismissing
Optium’s declaratory relief action was granted, and on March 11, 2009, the
Company was notified that Optium intended to file an appeal of this order. In
October 2009 the consolidated matters were tried before a jury, which found that
all patents asserted against Optium were valid, that all claims asserted were
infringed, and that such infringement by Optium was willful where willfulness
was asserted. The jury awarded EMCORE and JDSU monetary damages
totaling approximately $3.4 million.
b)
Avago-related Litigation
On July
15, 2008, the Company was served with a complaint filed by Avago Technologies
and what appear to be affiliates thereof in the United States District Court for
the Northern District of California, San Jose Division (Avago Technologies U.S.,
Inc., et al., Emcore
Corporation, et al.,
Case No.: C08-3248 JW). In this complaint, Avago asserts
claims for breach of contract and breach of express warranty against Venture
Corporation Limited (one of the Company’s customers) and asserts a tort claim
for negligent interference with prospective economic advantage against the
Company.
On
December 5, 2008, the Company was also served with a complaint by Avago
Technologies filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District
of California, San Jose Division alleging infringement of two patents by the
Company’s VCSEL products. (Avago Technologies Singapore et al., Emcore Corporation,
et al., Case
No.: C08-5394 EMC). This matter has been stayed pending
resolution of the International Trade Commission matter described immediately
below.
On March
5, 2009, the Company was notified that, based on a complaint filed by Avago
alleging the same patent infringement that formed the basis of the complaint
previously filed in the Northern District of California, the U.S. International
Trade Commission had determined to begin an investigation titled “In the Matter
of Certain Optoelectronic Devices, Components Thereof and Products Containing
the Same”, Inv. No. 337-TA-669. This matter was tried before an
administrative law judge of the International Trade Commission from November
16-20, 2009, and final briefings have been completed but no decision has yet
been rendered.
The
Company intends to vigorously defend against the allegations of all of the Avago
complaints.
c)
Green and Gold related litigation
On
December 23, 2008, Plaintiffs Maurice Prissert and Claude Prissert filed a
purported stockholder class action (the “Prissert Class Action”) pursuant to
Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 23 allegedly on behalf of a class of Company
shareholders against the Company and certain of its present and former directors
and officers (the “Individual Defendants”) in the United States District Court
for the District of New Mexico captioned, Maurice Prissert and Claude Prissert
v. EMCORE Corporation, Adam Gushard, Hong Q. Hou, Reuben F. Richards, Jr., David
Danzilio and Thomas Werthan, Case No. 1:08cv1190 (D.N.M.). The
Complaint alleges that Company and the Individual Defendants violated certain
provisions of the federal securities laws, including Section 10(b) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, arising out of the Company’s disclosure
regarding its customer Green and Gold Energy (“GGE”) and the associated backlog
of GGE orders with the Company’s Photovoltaics business segment. The
Complaint in the Class Action seeks, among other things, an unspecified amount
of compensatory damages and other costs and expenses associated with the
maintenance of the Action.
On or
about February 12, 2009, a second purported stockholder class action (Mueller v. EMCORE Corporation et
al., Case No. 1:09cv 133 (D.N.M.)) (the “Mueller Class Action”) was filed
in the United States District Court for the District of New Mexico against the
same defendants named in the Prissert Class Action, based on substantially the
same facts and circumstances, containing substantially the same allegations and
seeking substantially the same relief. Plaintiffs in both class
actions have moved to consolidate the matters into a single action, and several
alleged EMCORE shareholders have moved to be appointed lead class plaintiff of
the to-be consolidated action. Selection of a lead plaintiff in this
matter is currently pending before the Court.
On
January 23, 2009, Plaintiff James E. Stearns filed a purported stockholder
derivative action (the “Stearns Derivative Action”) on behalf of the Company
against certain of its present and former directors and officers (the
“Individual Defendants”), as well as the Company as nominal defendant in the
Superior Court of New Jersey, Atlantic County, Chancery Division (James E. Stearns, derivatively on
behalf of EMCORE Corporation v. Thomas J. Russell, Robert Bogomolny,
Charles Scott, John Gillen, Reuben F. Richards, Jr., Hong Q. Hou, Adam Gushard,
David Danzilio and Thomas Werthan, Case No. Atl-C-10-09). This
action is based on essentially the same factual contentions as the Prissert
Class Action, and alleges that the Individual Defendants engaged in
improprieties and violations of law in connection with the reporting of the GGE
backlog. The Derivative Action seeks several forms of relief,
allegedly on behalf of the Company, including, among other things, damages,
equitable relief, corporate governance reforms, an accounting of, rescission of,
restitution of, and costs and disbursements of the lawsuit.
On March
11, 2009, Plaintiff Gary Thomas filed a second purported shareholder derivative
action (the “Thomas Derivative Action”; together with the Stearns Derivative
Action, the “Derivative Actions”) in the U.S. District Court for the District of
New Mexico against the Company and certain of the Individual
Defendants (Gary Thomas, derivatively on behalf
of EMCORE Corporation v. Thomas J. Russell, Robert Bogomolny, Charles
Scott, John Gillen, Reuben F. Richards, Jr., Hong Q. Hou, and EMCORE
Corporation, Case No. 1.09-cv-00236, (D.N.M.)). The Thomas
Derivative Action makes the same allegations as the Stearns Derivative Action
and seeks essentially the same relief.
The
Stearns Derivative Action and the Thomas Derivative action have been
consolidated before a single judge in Somerset County, New Jersey, and have been
stayed pending the Prissert and Mueller Class Actions.
The
Company intends to vigorously defend against the allegations of both the Class
Actions and the Derivative Action.
d)
Securities Matters
-
|
SEC
Communications. On or about August 15, 2008, the Company
received a letter from the Denver office of the Enforcement Division of
the Securities and Exchange Commission wherein it sought the Company's
voluntary production of documents relating to, among other things, the
Company's business relationship with Green and Gold Energy, Inc., its
licensees, and the Photovoltaics segment backlog the Company reported to
the public. Since that time, the Company has provided documents
to the staff of the SEC and met with the staff on December 12, 2008 to
address this matter. On June 10, 2009, the SEC staff requested
that the Company voluntarily provide documentary backup for certain
information presented at the December 2008 meeting, which was provided on
July 17, 2009, and arrange for a telephone interview with one former
employee, which has been completed. On August 24, 2009, in a
telephone call with the Company’s counsel, the staff posed certain
questions relating to the material provided on July 17, 2009, which were
answered via the production of additional information and documentation on
October 9, 2009.
|
-
|
NASDAQ
Communication. On or about November 13, 2008, the Company
received a letter from the NASDAQ Listings Qualifications group (“NASDAQ”)
concerning the Company's removal of $79 million in backlog attributable to
GGE which the Company announced on August 8, 2008 and the remaining
backlog exclusive of GGE. The Company advised NASDAQ that it would
cooperate with its inquiry. To date, the Company has received
three additional requests for information from NASDAQ (the latter 2 of
which requested updates on the SEC matter). The Company has
complied with each of NASDAQ’s requests. In early November 2009
the NASDAQ orally requested to be advised of developments in the SEC
matter.
|
As of
December 31, 2009 and the filing date of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, no
amounts have been accrued for any litigation item discussed above since no
estimate of loss can be made at this time.
See
Footnote 17 – Subsequent Event for additional commitments and contingencies
related to the Tangshan agreements announced on February 3, 2010.
NOTE
14. Income Taxes
During
the three months ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, there were no material
increases or decreases in unrecognized tax benefits and management does not
anticipate any material increases or decreases in the amounts of unrecognized
tax benefits over the next twelve months. As of December 31, 2009,
the Company had approximately $0.2 million of interest and penalties accrued as
tax liabilities on the balance sheet.
A
reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized gross tax
benefits is as follows:
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
Balance
as of September 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtractions
based on tax positions related to the current year
|
|
|
|
|
Subtractions
for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
as of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
The
Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal, state, and local
jurisdictions and, currently, no federal, state, and local income tax returns
are under examination. The following tax years remain open to income
tax examination for each of the more significant jurisdictions where the Company
is subject to income taxes: after fiscal year 2006 for U.S. federal; after
fiscal year 2005 for the state of California and after fiscal year 2006 for the
state of New Mexico.
NOTE
15. Segment Data and Related Information
The
Company has five operating segments: (1) EMCORE Digital Fiber Optics Products,
(2) EMCORE Broadband Fiber Optics Products, and (3) EMCORE Hong Kong, which are
aggregated as a separate reporting segment, Fiber Optics, and (4) EMCORE
Photovoltaics and (5) EMCORE Solar Power, which are aggregated as a separate
reporting segment, Photovoltaics. Fiber Optics revenue is derived
primarily from sales of optical components and subsystems for CATV, FTTP,
enterprise routers and switches, telecom grooming switches, core routers, high
performance servers, supercomputers, and satellite communications data
links. Photovoltaics revenue is derived primarily from the sales of
solar power conversion products for the space and terrestrial markets, including
solar cells, coverglass interconnected solar cells, satellite solar panels,
concentrator solar cells and concentrating photovoltaic (“CPV”) receiver
assemblies and systems. The Company evaluates its reportable segments
in accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting. The
Company’s Chief Executive Officer is the Chief Operating Decision Maker pursuant
to ASC 280, and he allocates resources to segments based on their business
prospects, competitive factors, net revenue, operating results and other
non-GAAP financial ratios. Operating income or expense that is not
specifically related to an operating segment is charged to a separate
unallocated corporate division.
The
following table sets forth the revenue and percentage of total revenue
attributable to each of the Company’s reporting segments.
Segment
Revenue
(in
thousands)
|
|
For
the Three Months Ended
December
31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
%
of Revenue
|
|
Revenue
|
|
%
of Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
following table sets forth the Company’s consolidated revenue by geographic
region with revenue assigned to geographic regions based on our customers’
billing address.
Geographic
Revenue
(in
thousands)
|
|
For
the Three Months Ended
December
31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
%
of Revenue
|
|
Revenue
|
|
%
of Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
following table sets forth our significant market sectors, defined as product
line sales that represented greater than 10% of total consolidated revenue, by
reporting segment.
Significant
Market Sectors
As
a percentage of total consolidated revenue
|
|
For
the Three Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cable
Television Products
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parallel
Optical Transceiver / Cable Products
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Satellite
Solar Power Generation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
following table sets forth our significant customer, defined as customers that
represented greater than 10% of total consolidated revenue, by reporting
segment.
As
a percentage of total consolidated revenue
|
|
For
the Three Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiber
Optics – related customer:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Photovoltaics
– related customer:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loral
Space & Communications
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
following table sets forth operating losses attributable to each of the
Company’s reporting segments and Corporate division.
Statement
of Operations Data
(in
thousands)
|
|
For
the Three Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Operating
loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
following table sets forth the depreciation and amortization attributable to
each of the Company’s reporting segments and Corporate division.
Segment
Depreciation and Amortization
(in
thousands)
|
|
For
the Three Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-lived
assets consist primarily of property, plant, and equipment and also goodwill and
intangible assets. The following table sets forth long-lived assets
for each of the Company’s reporting segments and Corporate
division.
Long-lived
Assets
(in
thousands)
|
|
As
of December 31, 2009
|
|
As
of
September
30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE
16. Fair Value Accounting
ASC 820,
Fair Value Measurements and
Disclosures, establishes a valuation hierarchy for disclosure of the
inputs to valuation used to measure fair value. Valuation techniques used to
measure fair value under ASC 820 must maximize the use of observable inputs and
minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The standard describes a fair value
hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered
observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value
which are the following:
-
|
Level
1 inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical
assets or liabilities.
|
-
|
Level
2 inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active
markets or inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either
directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the
full term of the financial
instrument.
|
-
|
Level
3 inputs are unobservable inputs based on our own assumptions used to
measure assets and liabilities at fair value. A financial asset or
liability’s classification within the hierarchy is determined based on the
lowest level input that is significant to the fair value
measurement.
|
The
following table provides the Company’s financial assets and liabilities,
consisting of the following types of instruments, measured at fair value on a
recurring basis:
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted
Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
[Level
1]
|
|
Significant
Other Observable Remaining Inputs
[Level
2]
|
|
Significant
Unobservable Inputs
[Level
3]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Money
market fund deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset-backed
auction rate securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
assets measured at fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
following table provides the Company’s financial assets and liabilities,
measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, as presented on our
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet:
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted
Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
[Level
1]
|
|
Significant
Other Observable Remaining Inputs
[Level
2]
|
|
Significant
Unobservable Inputs
[Level
3]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available-for-sale
securities, non current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term
restricted cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
assets measured at fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
Company classifies investments within Level 1 if quoted prices are available in
active markets. Level 1 assets include instruments valued based on
quoted market prices in active markets which generally could include money
market funds, corporate publicly traded equity securities on major exchanges and
U.S. Treasury notes with quoted prices on active markets.
The
Company classifies items in Level 2 if the investments are valued using
observable inputs to quoted market prices, benchmark yields, reported trades,
broker/dealer quotes or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of
price transparency. These investments could include: government agencies,
corporate bonds, commercial paper, and auction rate securities.
The
Company did not hold financial assets and liabilities which were valued using
unobservable inputs as of December 31, 2009.
The
carrying amounts of accounts receivable, short-term debt including borrowings
under the Company’s credit facility, accounts payable, accrued expenses and
other current liabilities approximate fair value because of the short maturity
of these instruments.
In
February 2008, the FASB issued authoritative guidance, which delayed the
effective date of ASC 820 for all non-financial assets and non-financial
liabilities that are not re-measured at fair value on a recurring basis (at
least annually). The guidance was effective for the Company beginning October 1,
2009 and it did not have an impact on our consolidated financial position,
results of operations or cash flows in the three months ended December 31,
2009.
NOTE
17. Subsequent Event
On
February 3, 2010, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement to create
a joint venture with Tangshan Caofeidian Investment Corporation (“TCIC”), a
Chinese investment company located in the Caofeidian Industry Zone, Tangshan
City, Hebei Province of China.
The
agreement provides for TCIC to purchase a sixty percent (60%) interest in the
Company’s Fiber Optics business (excluding its satellite communications and
specialty photonics fiber optics product lines), which will be operated as a
joint venture once the transaction is closed. The Fiber Optics
businesses included in this transaction are the Company’s telecom, enterprise,
cable television (CATV), fiber-to-the-premises (FTTP), and video transport
product lines. The Company will retain the satellite communications and
specialty photonics fiber optics product lines as well as the satellite and
terrestrial solar businesses.
The new
joint venture entity will be named EMCORE Fiber Optics, Limited (“EFO”), and
will be a newly formed corporation organized in Hong Kong. The agreement
provides for TCIC to pay the Company $27.75 million in cash, subject to
adjustment based on the net asset value of the business as of the closing date,
and also to provide $27 million of additional debt financing to EFO subsequent
to the closing, with $18 million to be funded within 90 days of closing and $9
million to be funded within 90 days of the first anniversary of the
closing. The Company will be providing 50% of its equity interest in
EFO as collateral for this indebtedness. In addition, the agreement
provides for the Company to provide $3 million of additional debt financing to
EFO after the closing, with $2 million to be funded within 5 business days of
the closing and $1 million to be funded within 90 days of the first anniversary
of the closing.
The
agreement is subject to the approval of both the Company’s board of directors
and the board of directors of TCIC, and the closing of the transaction is
subject to material conditions, including regulatory and governmental approvals
in the U.S. and China. If US regulatory approvals are not obtained,
the Company will be obligated to pay a termination fee of $2,775,000 to
TCIC.
The
parties also executed a Shareholders Agreement to provide for operation of EFO
following closing. The terms of the Shareholders Agreement provide
that TCIC shall have the right to elect three of EFO’s five directors of EFO, as
well as to designate the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Financial
Officer. The Company will have the right to elect the remaining two
directors and to nominate the Chief Executive Officer. The Company
also has the right to approve certain key corporate matters (including
modifications of EFO’s governing documents, changes in equity and corporate
structure, mergers, acquisitions and dispositions, the incurring of
indebtedness, and the annual business plan and budget) through supermajority
voting requirements on the Board (subject to certain deadlock
provisions). The Shareholders’ Agreement also imposes certain
restrictions on the parties’ abilities to transfer their interest in
EFO.
It is
expected that the Company’s Executive Chairman and Chairman of the Board, Mr.
Reuben F. Richards, Jr. will resign his position as the Company’s Executive
Chairman effective as of the closing of the transaction to assume the role of
CEO for EFO. In addition, the agreement provides for certain other
Company senior executives and the employees currently working for the
transferred product lines to be offered positions with EFO. The agreement
further contemplates that the Company’s President and CEO, Dr. Hong Q. Hou, will
also serve as a director of EFO, providing strategic and operational oversight
to the joint venture.
Tangshan
Caofeidian Investment Corporation has nominated Dr. Yi Li as Chairman of the
Board for EFO and TCIC will name a CFO to EFO subsequent to the
closing.
Over the
next several years, the joint venture is expected to focus on developing a high
volume, low cost manufacturing infrastructure and a local customer support
organization to better serve the expanding customer base in China and worldwide.
TCIC has committed to providing additional funding support for the JV's future
strategic growth through acquisitions.
In
conjunction with the establishment of the joint venture, the Company and TCIC
also entered into a supplemental agreement pursuant to which the Company agreed
to establish its China terrestrial concentrator photovoltaics (CPV)
manufacturing and operations base in the Caofeidian Industry Zone. The agreement
includes a commitment by TCIC to provide the Company with the equivalent of $3.3
million in RMB denominated loans, tax and rent incentives and assistance in
developing the Company’s solar power business in China.
ITEM
2. Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
Business
Overview
EMCORE
Corporation (the “Company”, “we”, “our”, or “EMCORE”) is a provider of compound
semiconductor-based components and subsystems for the fiber optics and solar
power markets. We were established in 1984 as a New Jersey
corporation and have two reporting segments: Fiber Optics and
Photovoltaics. Our Fiber Optics segment offers optical components,
subsystems and systems that enable the transmission of video, voice and data
over high-capacity fiber optic cables for high-speed data and
telecommunications, cable television (“CATV”) and fiber-to-the-premises (“FTTP”)
networks. Our Photovoltaics segment provides solar products for
satellite and terrestrial applications. For satellite applications, we offer
high-efficiency compound semiconductor-based multi-junction solar cells, covered
interconnected cells (“CICs”) and fully integrated solar panels. For
terrestrial applications, we offer concentrating photovoltaic (“CPV”) power
systems for commercial and utility scale solar applications as well as
high-efficiency multi-junction solar cells and integrated CPV components for use
in other solar power concentrator systems. Our headquarters and
principal executive offices are located at 10420 Research Road, SE, Albuquerque,
New Mexico, 87123, and our main telephone number is (505)
332-5000. For specific information about our Company, our products or
the markets we serve, please visit our website at
http://www.emcore.com.
Management
Summary
Due to
significant differences in operating strategy between the Company’s Fiber Optics
and Photovoltaics businesses, the Company’s management and board of directors
believes that they would provide greater value to shareholders if they were
operated as two separate business entities.
In
furtherance of this strategy, on February 3, 2010, the Company entered into a
share purchase agreement to create a joint venture with Tangshan Caofeidian
Investment Corporation (“TCIC”), a Chinese investment company located in the
Caofeidian Industry Zone, Tangshan City, Hebei Province of China. The
agreement provides for TCIC to purchase a sixty percent (60%) interest in the
Company’s Fiber Optics business (excluding its satellite communications and
specialty photonics fiber optics product lines), which will be operated as a
joint venture once the transaction is closed. The Fiber Optics
businesses included in this transaction are the Company’s telecom, enterprise,
cable television (CATV), fiber-to-the-premises (FTTP), and video transport
product lines. The Company will retain the satellite communications and
specialty photonics fiber optics product lines as well as the satellite and
terrestrial solar businesses. In the Notes to the Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements, see Footnote 17 – Subsequent Event for
additional information related to this new joint venture.
During
fiscal 2009, management implemented a series of measures and continues to
evaluate opportunities intended to align the Company’s cost structure with its
revenue forecasts. Such measures included several workforce
reductions, temporary salary reductions, the elimination of executive and
employee merit increases and bonuses for fiscal 2009, and the elimination or
reduction of certain discretionary expenses. The Company has also
significantly lowered its spending on capital expenditures and focused on
improving the management of its working capital. During the last
twelve months ended December 31, 2009, the Company monetized approximately $25.5
million of inventory, generated $16.9 million in cash from lowering its accounts
receivable balances and achieved positive cash flow from operations during the
quarters ended June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009.
In fiscal
2010, the Company continues to remain focused on maximizing cash flow from
operations while developing additional sources of liquidity.
Quarter
Highlights
On
October 1, 2009, the Company entered into an equity line of credit arrangement
with Commerce Court Small Cap Value Fund, Ltd. (“Commerce
Court”). Upon issuance of a draw-down request by the Company,
Commerce Court has committed to purchasing up to $25 million worth of shares of
the Company’s common stock over the 24-month term of the purchase agreement,
provided that the number of shares the Company may sell under the facility is
limited to no more than 15,971,169 shares of common stock or that would result
in the beneficial ownership of more than 9.9% of the then issued and outstanding
shares of the Company’s common stock.
On
November 12, 2009, the Company announced that it was awarded a contract by Dutch
Space of Leiden, The Netherlands to manufacture, test, and deliver solar panels
to power the Cygnus™ spacecraft being developed by Orbital Sciences Corporation
(NYSE: ORB) for NASA's Commercial Resupply Service (CRS) project. With all
options exercised the total value of the contract would be in excess of $15
million. Under the CRS project, Orbital will carry out eight
pressurized space cargo missions beginning in early 2011 and running through
2015 to provide a U.S.-produced and-operated automated cargo delivery service to
the International Space Station. An initial demonstration flight will
be carried out as part of NASA's Commercial Orbital Transportation Services
(COTS) project, which provided NASA incentives for developing the commercial
launch services industry. The solar panels to be delivered to Dutch
Space will use EMCORE's ZTJ solar cells. With a sunlight-to-electricity
conversion efficiency of 30%, the ZTJ solar cell is one of the highest
performance space qualified multi-junction solar cell available in the world
today. Production of the solar panels will take place at the
Company’s state-of-the-art manufacturing facilities located in Albuquerque, New
Mexico.
On
December 23, 2009, the Company announced that Sherman McCorkle was elected to
join its Board of Directors as a Class B independent
director. Sherman McCorkle is a native New Mexican and has been
deeply involved in the New Mexico business community for most of his career. He
is President and Chief Executive Officer of Technology Ventures Corporation
(TVC), an Albuquerque-based organization that assists start up companies in
developing and commercializing technologies from research universities and the
national laboratories. Prior to joining TVC as President & CEO in 1993, Mr.
McCorkle served as CEO & President of Sunwest Credit Services Corporation
Commencing in 1988. In 1977, he co-founded and was Charter Director of Plus
Systems Incorporated, the original platform that enabled national and
international electronic banking and ATM systems. In addition, Mr. McCorkle is a
co-founder and Charter Director of New Mexico Bank and Trust and First Community
Bank.
Order
Backlog
As of
December 31, 2009, the Company had a consolidated order backlog of approximately
$61.2 million, a $1.4 million, or 2%, decrease from a $62.6 million order
backlog reported as of the end of the preceding quarter. On a segment
basis, the quarter-end Photovoltaics order backlog totaled $42.3 million, a $5.4
million, or 11%, decrease from $47.7 million reported as of the end of the
preceding quarter with the decrease due primarily to the rescheduling of a
portion of a major customer’s backlog beyond the twelve month backlog reporting
horizon. The quarter-end Fiber Optics order backlog totaled $18.9
million, a $3.9 million, or 26% increase from $14.9 million reported as of the
end of the preceding quarter. Order backlog is defined as
purchase orders or supply agreements accepted by the Company with expected
product delivery and / or services to be performed within the next twelve
months.
From time
to time, our customers may request that we delay shipment of certain orders and
our backlog could also be adversely affected if customers unexpectedly cancel
purchase orders that we’ve previously accepted. A majority of our
fiber optics products typically ship within the same quarter as when the
purchase order is received; therefore, our backlog at any particular date is not
necessarily indicative of actual revenue or the level of orders for any
succeeding period.
Critical
Accounting Policies
The
preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S.
GAAP”) requires management of the Company to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities, as of the date of the financial statements,
and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported
period.
The
accounting estimates that require our most significant, difficult, and
subjective judgments include:
-
|
the
valuation of inventory, goodwill, intangible assets, and stock based
compensation;
|
-
|
assessment
of recovery of long-lived assets;
|
-
|
revenue
recognition associated with the percentage of completion method;
and
|
-
|
the
allowance for doubtful accounts and warranty
accruals.
|
Management
develops estimates based on historical experience and on various assumptions
about the future that are believed to be reasonable based on the best
information available. The Company’s reported financial position or results of
operations may be materially different under changed conditions or when using
different estimates and assumptions, particularly with respect to significant
accounting policies. In the event that estimates or assumptions prove
to differ from actual results, adjustments are made in subsequent periods to
reflect more current information.
A listing
and description of the Company’s critical accounting policies
includes:
Accounts Receivable.
The Company regularly evaluates the collectibility of its accounts receivable
and accordingly maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses
resulting from the inability of our customers to meet their financial
obligations to us. The allowance is based on the age of receivables and a
specific identification of receivables considered at risk of collection. The
Company classifies charges associated with the allowance for doubtful accounts
as SG&A expense. If the financial condition of our customers were to
deteriorate, impacting their ability to pay us, additional allowances may be
required.
Inventory. Inventory
is stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost being determined using the
standard cost method. The Company reserves against inventory once it has been
determined that conditions exist that may not allow the inventory to be sold for
its intended purpose or the inventory is determined to be excess or obsolete
based on the Company’s forecasted future revenue. The charge related
to inventory reserves is recorded as a cost of revenue. The majority of the
inventory write-downs are related to estimated allowances for inventory whose
carrying value is in excess of net realizable value and on excess raw material
components resulting from finished product obsolescence. In most cases where the
Company sells previously written down inventory, it is typically sold as a
component part of a finished product. The finished product is sold at market
price at the time resulting in higher average gross margin on such revenue. The
Company does not track the selling price of individual raw material components
that have been previously written down or written off, since such raw material
components usually are only a portion of the resultant finished products and
related sales price. The Company evaluates inventory levels at least quarterly
against sales forecasts on a significant part-by-part basis, in addition to
determining its overall inventory risk. We have incurred, and may in
the future incur charges to write-down our inventory.
Goodwill. Goodwill
represents the excess of the purchase price of an acquired business over the
fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities
assumed. As required by ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other,
the Company evaluates its goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, or
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of
a reporting unit may exceed its fair value. Management has elected
December 31st as
the annual assessment date. Circumstances that could trigger an
interim impairment test include but are not limited to: a significant adverse
change in the market value of the Company’s common stock, the business climate
or legal factors; an adverse action or assessment by a regulator; unanticipated
competition; loss of key personnel; the likelihood that a reporting unit or
significant portion of a reporting unit will be sold or otherwise disposed;
results of testing for recoverability of a significant asset group within a
reporting unit; and recognition of a goodwill impairment loss in the financial
statements of a subsidiary that is a component of a reporting unit.
In
performing goodwill impairment testing, the Company determines the fair value of
each reporting unit using a weighted combination of a market-based approach and
a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) approach. The market-based approach
relies on values based on market multiples derived from comparable public
companies. In applying the DCF approach, management forecasts cash flows over
the remaining useful life of its primary asset using assumptions of current
economic conditions and future expectations of earnings. This
analysis requires the exercise of significant judgment, including judgments
about appropriate discount rates based on the assessment of risks inherent in
the amount and timing of projected future cash flows. The derived
discount rate may fluctuate from period to period as it is based on external
market conditions. All of these assumptions are critical to the
estimate and can change from period to period. Updates to these
assumptions in future periods, particularly changes in discount rates, could
result in different results of goodwill impairment tests.
Valuation of Long-lived
Assets. Long-lived assets consist primarily of property,
plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Because most of the
Company’s long-lived assets are subject to amortization, the Company reviews
these assets for impairment in accordance with the provisions of ASC 360, Property, Plant, and
Equipment. As part of internal control procedures, the Company
reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be
recoverable. Our impairment testing of long-lived assets consists of
determining whether the carrying amount of the long-lived asset (asset group) is
recoverable, in other words, whether the sum of the future undiscounted cash
flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset
(asset group) exceeds its carrying amount. The determination of
the existence of impairment involves judgments that are subjective in nature and
may require the use of estimates in forecasting future results and cash flows
related to an asset or group of assets. In making this determination,
the Company uses certain assumptions, including estimates of future cash flows
expected to be generated by these assets, which are based on additional
assumptions such as asset utilization, the length of service that assets will be
used in our operations, and estimated salvage values.
Product Warranty
Reserves. The Company provides its customers with limited rights of
return for non-conforming shipments and warranty claims for certain products. In
accordance with ASC 450, Contingencies, the Company
makes estimates of product warranty expense using historical experience rates as
a percentage of revenue and accrues estimated warranty expense as a cost of
revenue. We estimate the costs of our warranty obligations based on our
historical experience of known product failure rates, use of materials to repair
or replace defective products and service delivery costs incurred in correcting
product issues. In addition, from time to time, specific warranty accruals may
be made if unforeseen technical problems arise. Should our actual experience
relative to these factors differ from our estimates, we may be required to
record additional warranty reserves. Alternatively, if we provide more reserves
than we need, we may reverse a portion of such provisions in future
periods.
Revenue Recognition.
Revenue is recognized upon shipment, provided persuasive evidence of a contract
exists, (such as when a purchase order or contract is received from a customer),
the price is fixed, the product meets its specifications, title and ownership
have transferred to the customer, and there is reasonable assurance of
collection of the sales proceeds. In those few instances where a given sale
involves post shipment obligations, formal customer acceptance documents, or
subjective rights of return, revenue is not recognized until all post-shipment
conditions have been satisfied and there is reasonable assurance of collection
of the sales proceeds. The majority of our products have shipping terms that are
free on board (“FOB”) or free carrier alongside (“FCA”) shipping point, which
means that the Company fulfills its delivery obligation when the goods are
handed over to the freight carrier at our shipping dock. This means the buyer
bears all costs and risks of loss or damage to the goods from that point. In
certain cases, the Company ships its products cost insurance and freight
(“CIF”). Under this arrangement, revenue is recognized under FCA shipping point
terms, but the Company pays (and bills the customer) for the cost of shipping
and insurance to the customer's designated location. The Company accounts for
shipping and related transportation costs by recording the charges that are
invoiced to customers as revenue, with the corresponding cost recorded as cost
of revenue. In those instances where inventory is maintained at a consigned
location, revenue is recognized only when our customer pulls product for its use
and title and ownership have transferred to the customer. Revenue from time and
material contracts is recognized at the contractual rates as labor hours and
direct expenses are incurred. The Company also generates service
revenue from hardware repairs and calibrations that is recognized as revenue
upon completion of the service. Any cost of warranties and remaining
obligations that are inconsequential or perfunctory are accrued when the
corresponding revenue is recognized.
-
|
Distributors - The
Company uses a number of distributors around the world and recognizes
revenue upon shipment of product to these distributors. Title and risk of
loss pass to the distributors upon shipment, and our distributors are
contractually obligated to pay the Company on standard commercial terms,
just like our other direct customers. The Company does not sell
to its distributors on consignment and, except in the event of product
discontinuance, does not give distributors a right of
return.
|
-
|
Solar Panel and Solar Power
Systems Contracts - The Company records revenues from certain solar
panel and solar power systems contracts using the percentage-of-completion
method. Revenue is recognized in proportion to actual costs
incurred compared to total anticipated costs expected to be incurred for
each contract. Such contracts require estimates to determine
the appropriate cost and revenue recognition. The Company uses all
available information in determining dependable estimates of the extent of
progress towards completion, contract revenues, and contract
costs. Estimates are revised as additional information becomes
available. If estimates of costs to complete long-term
contracts indicate a loss, a provision is made for the total loss
anticipated.
|
-
|
Government R&D
Contracts - R&D contract revenue represents reimbursement by
various U.S. government entities, or their contractors, to aid in the
development of new technology. The applicable contracts generally provide
that the Company may elect to retain ownership of inventions made in
performing the work, subject to a non-exclusive license retained by the
U.S. government to practice the inventions for governmental purposes. The
R&D contract funding may be based on a cost-plus, cost reimbursement,
or a firm fixed price arrangement. The amount of funding under each
R&D contract is determined based on cost estimates that include both
direct and indirect costs. Cost-plus funding is determined based on actual
costs plus a set margin. As we incur costs under cost reimbursement type
contracts, we record revenue. Contract costs include material, labor,
special tooling and test equipment, subcontracting costs, as well as an
allocation of indirect costs. An R&D contract is considered complete
when all significant costs have been incurred, milestones have been
reached, and any reporting obligations to the customer have been
met. Government contract revenue is primarily recognized as
service revenue.
|
The
Company also has certain cost-sharing R&D arrangements. Under
such arrangements in which the actual costs of performance are split between the
U.S. government and the Company on a best efforts basis, no revenue is recorded
and the Company’s R&D expense is reduced for the amount of the cost-sharing
receipts.
The U.S.
government may terminate any of our government contracts at their convenience as
well as for default based on our failure to meet specified performance
measurements. If any of our government contracts were to be terminated for
convenience, we generally would be entitled to receive payment for work
completed and allowable termination or cancellation costs. If any of our
government contracts were to be terminated for default, generally the U.S.
government would pay only for the work that has been accepted and can require us
to pay the difference between the original contract price and the cost to
re-procure the contract items, net of the work accepted from the original
contract. The U.S. government can also hold us liable for damages resulting from
the default.
Stock-Based
Compensation. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and
the straight-line attribution approach to determine the fair-value of
stock-based awards in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation. The
option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions,
including the option’s expected life and the price volatility of the underlying
stock. The Company’s expected term represents the period that stock-based awards
are expected to be outstanding and is determined based on historical experience
of similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms of the
stock-based awards, vesting schedules and expectations of future employee
behavior as influenced by changes to the terms of its stock-based awards. The
expected stock price volatility is based on the Company’s historical stock
prices.
***
The above
listing is not intended to be a comprehensive list of all of our accounting
policies. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is
specifically dictated by U.S. GAAP. There are also areas in which
management's judgment in selecting any available alternative would not produce a
materially different result. For a complete discussion of our
accounting policies, recently adopted accounting pronouncements, and other
required U.S. GAAP disclosures, we refer you to the accompanying footnotes to
the Company’s consolidated financial statements in our Annual Report on Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009.
Results
of Operations
The
following table sets forth the Company’s consolidated statements of operations
data expressed as a percentage of total revenue.
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA
|
|
For
the Three Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling,
general, and administrative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss
from financing derivative instrument
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comparison of the Three
Months Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
Revenue:
Revenue for the three months
ended December 31, 2009 was $42.4 million, a decrease of $11.6 million, or 22%,
from $54.0 million reported in the same period last year.
On a
segment basis, revenue for the Fiber Optics segment was $25.6 million, a
decrease of $13.6 million, or 35%, from $39.2 million reported in the same
period last year. The decrease in Fiber Optics revenue was primarily
due to a significant drop in demand from our customers due to the very
unfavorable macroeconomic environment as well as continued pressure on selling
prices as we compete to maintain or increase our market share
positions. For the three months ended December 31, 2009, the
Fiber Optics segment represented 60% of the Company's consolidated revenue
compared to 72% in the same period last year.
Revenue
for the Photovoltaics segment was $16.8 million, an increase of $1.9 million, or
13%, from $14.9 million reported in the same period last year. In the
first quarter of fiscal 2010, the Photovoltaics segment experienced a 30%
increase in revenue from satellite solar power products offset by a decrease in
revenue from terrestrial concentrated photovoltaic (CPV)
products. For the three months ended December 31, 2009, the
Photovoltaics segment represented 40% of the Company's consolidated revenue
compared to 28% in the same period last year.
Gross
Profit:
For the
three months ended December 31, 2009, the consolidated gross profit was $8.0 million, an increase
of $6.4 million from $1.6 million in gross profit reported in the same
period last year. For the three months ended December 31, 2009, the
consolidated gross margin was 18.9% compared to a 2.9% gross margin reported in
the same period last year. This represents the Company’s best gross
profit performance since the quarter ended June 30, 2008.
Fiber
Optics gross margin for the three months ended December 31, 2009 was 16.7%, an
increase from a negative 1.1% gross margin reported in the same period last
year. The improvement in Fiber Optics gross margin was due primarily
to higher gross margins in the Company’s CATV product lines, as well as, lower
inventory excess and obsolescence charges when compared to the prior
year. As indicated in our prior year filings, the Company recorded
$5.3 million of inventory and product warranty expense which adversely affected
gross margin.
Photovoltaics
gross margin for the three months ended December 31, 2009 was 22.1%, an increase
from 13.6% gross margin reported in the same period last year. The
significant increase in Photovoltaics gross margin was primarily due to
increased sales of higher margin satellite solar power products along with
improved manufacturing yields on certain satellite solar panel
contracts.
Operating
Expenses:
Sales,
general, and administrative expenses for the three months ended
December 31, 2009 totaled $12.4 million, a $0.3 million increase from
$12.1 million reported in the same period last year. During the
quarter, the Company incurred $1.3 million of non-cash stock-based compensation
expense from the forfeiture of stock options. Also, the Company
incurred legal expense of approximately $4.2 million related to patent
litigation and other corporate legal charges. Last year, SG&A
included $0.8 million of additional provision for bad debt in the Photovoltaics
segment, primarily related to receivables from the sale of terrestrial solar
power products, $0.6 million related to severance and restructuring charges, and
$0.6 million of patent litigation and other corporate-related legal
expense. As a percentage of revenue, SG&A expenses were 29.3%, an
increase from 22.5% in the same period last year.
Research and
development expenses for the three months ended December 31, 2009 totaled
$7.5 million, a decrease of $0.6 million, or 7%, from $8.1 million reported in
the same period last year. As a percentage of
revenue, R&D expenses were 17.7%, an increase from 15.0% in the same period
last year.
Impairments:
As
disclosed last year, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test
as of December 31, 2008 and, based on that analysis, determined that goodwill
related to its Fiber Optics segment was fully impaired. As a result,
the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $31.8 million in the first
quarter of fiscal 2009 and the Company’s balance sheet no longer reflects any
goodwill associated with its Fiber Optics segment. During the
first fiscal quarter of 2009, the Company also recorded a $1.9 million non-cash
impairment charge related to certain intangible assets acquired from Intel
Corporation that were subsequently abandoned.
Consolidated
operating expenses for the three months ended December 31, 2009 totaled $19.9
million, a decrease of $34.1 million from $54.0 million reported in the same
period last year, with the variance primarily due to the impairment charge
discussed above.
Operating
loss:
For the
three months ended December 31, 2009, the consolidated operating loss was $11.9
million, a decrease of $40.5 million from an operating loss of $52.4 million
reported in the same period last year, with the variance primarily due to the
impairment charge discussed above. This represents the
Company’s best operating performance since the quarter ended June 30,
2008.
Loss from financing derivative
instrument.
On
October 1, 2009, the Company entered into an equity line of credit arrangement
that met all the criteria of a financial derivative instrument in accordance
with the accounting literature in ASC 815, Derivatives and
Hedging. Costs incurred to enter into this derivative
instrument were expensed as incurred. During the three months ended
December 31, 2009, the Company expensed the fair value of the common stock and
warrants issued of approximately $1.4 million as a non-operating expense from a
financing derivative instrument. In the Notes to the Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements, see Footnote 4 for a description of the terms
and details related to the financial impact of the equity facility.
Impairment of
investment.
In April
2008, the Company invested approximately $1.5 million in Lightron Corporation, a
Korean company that is publicly traded on the Korean Stock
Market. The Company initially accounted for this investment as an
available-for-sale security. Due to the decline in the market value
of this investment and the expectation of non-recovery of this investment beyond
its current market value, the Company recorded a $0.5 million “other than
temporary” impairment loss on this investment as of September 30, 2008 and
another $0.4 million “other than temporary” impairment loss on this investment
as of December 31, 2008. During the quarter ended March 31, 2009, the
Company sold its interest in Lightron Corporation, via several transactions, for
a total of $0.5 million in cash. The Company recorded a gain on the
sale of this investment of approximately $21,000, after consideration of
impairment charges recorded in previous periods, and the Company also recorded a
foreign exchange loss of $0.1million due to the conversion from Korean Won to
U.S. dollars.
Foreign
exchange.
The
Company recognizes gains and losses on foreign currency exchange primarily due
to the Company’s operations in Spain, the Netherlands and China.
Net
Loss:
For the
three months ended December 31, 2009, the consolidated net loss was $13.6
million, a decrease of $39.8 million from $53.4 million reported in the same
period last year, with the variance primarily due to the impairment charge
discussed above. The net loss per share for the three months
ended December 31, 2009 was $0.17, a decrease of $0.52 per share, from a net
loss of $0.69 per share reported in the same period last year.
Liquidity and Capital
Resources
As of
December 31, 2009, cash, cash equivalents, available-for-sale securities and
current restricted cash totaled approximately $16.5 million.
The
Company incurred a net loss of $13.6 million for the three months ended December
31, 2009. The Company’s operating results for future periods are
subject to numerous uncertainties and it is uncertain if the Company will be
able to reduce or eliminate its net losses for the foreseeable
future. Although the Company experienced year-over-year revenue
growth in most years, in fiscal 2009, the Company had not been able to sustain
historical revenue growth rates due to material adverse changes in market and
economic conditions. If management is not able to increase revenue
and/or manage operating expenses in line with revenue forecasts, the Company may
not be able to achieve profitability.
Historically,
the Company has consumed cash from operations. During the three
months ended December 31, 2009, the Company consumed cash from operations of
approximately $1.2 million and, over the last three quarters, has only consumed
$0.2 million in cash from operations due primarily to improved working capital
management.
We
believe that our existing balances of cash, cash equivalents, and
available-for-sale securities, together with the cash expected to be generated
from operations, amounts expected to be available under our revolving credit
facility with Bank of America and the equity line of credit agreement with
Commerce Court will provide us with sufficient financial resources to meet our
cash requirements for operations, working capital, and capital expenditures for
the next 12 months.
In the
event of unforeseen circumstances, or unfavorable market or economic
developments, we may have to raise additional funds by any one or a combination
of the following: issuing equity, debt or convertible debt, or selling certain
product lines and/or portions of our business. There can be no guarantee that we
will be able to raise additional funds on terms acceptable to us, or at all. A
significant contraction in the capital markets, particularly in the technology
sector, may make it difficult for us to raise additional capital if or when it
is required, especially if we experience disappointing operating
results. If adequate capital is not available to us as required, or
is not available on favorable terms, our business, financial condition and
results of operations may be adversely affected.
Cash
Flow
Cash Used for
Operations
For the
three months ended December 31, 2009, net cash used by operating activities
totaled approximately $1.2 million, which represents a decrease of $19.9 million
from $21.1 million in cash used by operating activities for the three months
ended December 31, 2008.
For the
three months ended December 31, 2009, the $1.2 million cash usage was primarily
due to the Company’s net loss of $13.6 million offset by a net decrease in
certain components of working capital. The net decrease in certain
components of working capital was primarily due to a $3.7 million increase in
accounts payable, a $3.1 million decrease in inventory, and a $0.2 million
decrease in other assets offset by a $1.0 million increase in accounts
receivable and a decrease of $1.0 million in accrued expenses and other
liabilities. Significant non-cash adjustments used to reconcile net
loss to net cash used in operating activities included $3.2 million related to
stock-based compensation expense, $3.1 million related to depreciation and
amortization expense, and $1.4 million related to a loss from a financing
derivative instrument.
For the
three months ended December 31, 2008, the $21.1 million cash usage was primarily
due to the Company’s net loss of $53.4 million and a net increase in certain
components of working capital of approximately $13.7 million. The net
increase in certain components of working capital was primarily due to a $6.8
million decrease in accounts payable, a $4.3 million increase in inventory, a
$1.9 million increase in accounts receivable, and a $0.8 million decrease in
accrued expenses and other current liabilities. Significant non-cash
adjustments used to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities
included $33.8 million in impairment of goodwill within the Fiber Optics
segment, $4.4 million related to an increase in inventory provisions, $4.3
million related to depreciation and amortization expense, $2.1 related to
stock-based compensation expense, and $0.9 million related to an increase in the
provision for doubtful accounts.
Net Cash Provided by
Investing Activities
For the
three months ended December 31, 2009, net cash provided by investing activities
totaled $1.3 million, which represents an increase of $0.2 million from $1.1
million in cash provided by investing activities for the three months ended
December 31, 2008.
For the
three months ended December 31, 2009, the $1.3 million in net cash provided by
investing activities was primarily due to from the release of restricted cash of
$1.5 million offset by $0.2 million in capital expenditures and patent
investments.
For the
three months ended December 31, 2008, the $1.1 million in net cash provided by
investing activities was primarily due to $1.7 million received from the sale of
available-for-sale securities offset by $0.6 million in capital
expenditures.
Net Cash Provided by
Financing Activities
For the
three months ended December 31, 2009, net cash provided by financing activities
totaled $0.9 million, which represents a decrease of $16.1 million from $17.0
million in cash provided by financing activities for the three months ended
December 31, 2008.
For the
three months ended December 31, 2009, the $0.9 million in net cash provided by
financing activities consisted of $0.3 million in net borrowings under the
Company’s credit facility with Bank of America and $0.5 million in proceeds from
the Company’s employee stock purchase plan.
For the
three months ended December 31, 2008, the $17.0 million in net cash provided by
financing activities consisted of $15.4 million in net borrowings under the
Company’s credit facility with Bank of America, $0.9 million in net borrowing
with UBS, and $0.6 million in proceeds from the Company’s employee stock
purchase plan.
Contractual
Obligations and Commitments
The
Company’s contractual obligations and commitments over the next five years are
summarized in the table below:
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
For
the Fiscal Years Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
to 2012
|
|
|
2013
to 2014
|
|
|
2015
and
later
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
lease obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
contractual obligations
and commitments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
expense is not included in the contractual obligations and commitments table
above since it is insignificant to the Company’s financial
statements.
Operating
leases
Operating
leases include non-cancelable terms and exclude renewal option periods, property
taxes, insurance and maintenance expenses on leased properties.
Line of
Credit
In
September 2008, the Company closed a $25 million asset-backed revolving credit
facility with Bank of America which can be used for working capital, letters of
credit and other general corporate purposes. Subsequently, the credit
facility was amended resulting in a reduction in the total loan availability to
$14 million. The credit facility matures in September 2011 and is
secured by virtually all of the Company’s assets. The credit facility
is subject to a borrowing base formula based on eligible accounts receivable and
provides for prime-based borrowings.
As of
December 31, 2009, the Company had a $10.7 million prime rate loan outstanding,
with an interest rate of 8.25%, and approximately $2.9 million in outstanding
standby letters of credit under this credit facility.
The
facility is also subject to certain financial covenants. On February
8, 2010, the Company and Bank of America entered into a Sixth Amendment to the
Company’s revolving asset-backed credit facility, which (a) permits the Company
to enter into foreign exchange hedging transactions pursuant to a separate
facility with the bank, provided that available amounts under such facility
shall be deducted from the maximum revolving loan limit under this facility; and
(b) resets the EDITDA financial covenant for the first quarter of fiscal 2010 to
place the Company in compliance with that covenant.
Short-term
Debt
In
December 2008, the Company borrowed $0.9 million from UBS Securities that is
collateralized with $1.4 million of auction rate preferred
securities. The average interest rate on the loan is approximately
1.4% and the term of the loan is dependent upon the timing of the settlement of
the auction rate securities with UBS Securities which is expected to occur by
June 2010 at 100% par value.
Letters of
credit
As of
December 31, 2009, the Company had 8 standby letters of credit issued and
outstanding which totaled approximately $3.1 million, of which $2.9 million was
issued against the Company’s credit facility with Bank of America and the
remaining $0.2 million in standby letters of credit are collateralized with
other financial institutions and are listed on the Company’s balance sheet as
restricted cash.
Other
In
February 2010, the Company’s 2000 Stock Option Plan
is scheduled to expire. Management is currently developing a new
10-year equity compensation plan, which may include both stock options and other
forms of equity compensation.
Segment Data and Related
Information
In the
Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, see Footnote 15 for
disclosures related to business segment revenue, geographic revenue, significant
customers, and operating loss by business segment.
Recent Accounting
Pronouncements
In the
Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, see Footnote 2 for
disclosures related to recent accounting pronouncements.
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures about Market
Risk
|
We are
exposed to financial market risks, including changes in currency exchange rates
and interest rates. We do not use derivative financial instruments for
speculative purposes.
Currency Exchange Rates. The
United States dollar is the functional currency for the Company’s consolidated
financials. The functional currency of the Company’s Spanish subsidiary is the
Euro and for the China subsidiary it is the Yuan Renminbi. The financial
statements of these entities are translated to United States dollars using
period end rates for assets and liabilities, and the weighted average rate for
the period for all revenue and expenses. During the normal course of business,
the Company is exposed to market risks associated with fluctuations in foreign
currency exchange rates, primarily the Euro. To reduce the impact of these risks
on the Company’s earnings and to increase the predictability of cash flows, the
Company uses natural offsets in receipts and disbursements within the applicable
currency as the primary means of reducing the risk. Some of our foreign
suppliers may adjust their prices (in $US) from time to time to reflect currency
exchange fluctuations, and such price changes could impact our future financial
condition or results of operations. The Company does not currently
hedge its foreign currency exposure and does not believe that fluctuations of
currency exchange rates will have a material impact to the Company’s financial
statements.
Credit
Market Conditions
Recently,
the U.S. and global capital markets have been experiencing turbulent conditions,
particularly in the credit markets, as evidenced by tightening of lending
standards, reduced availability of credit, and reductions in certain asset
values. This could impact the Company’s ability to obtain additional
funding through financing or asset sales.
ITEM 4.
|
Controls and
Procedures
|
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and
Procedures
The
Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures designed to provide
reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in reports filed
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”) is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported within the specified time periods and accumulated and
communicated to management, including its Chief Executive Officer (Principal
Executive Officer) and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting Officer),
as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required
disclosure.
Management,
under the supervision and with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting
Officer), evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) promulgated under
the Act), as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that
evaluation, management concluded that, as of that date, the Company’s disclosure
controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance
level.
Attached
as exhibits to this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q are certifications of the
Company’s Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Chief
Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer), which are required in
accordance with Rule 13a-14 of the Act. This Disclosure Controls and
Procedures section includes information concerning management’s evaluation of
disclosure controls and procedures referred to in those certifications and, as
such, should be read in conjunction with the certifications of the Company’s
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Chief Financial
Officer (Principal Financial Officer).
Changes in Internal Control over
Financial Reporting
There
were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting
during the three months ended December 31, 2009 that have materially affected,
or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control
over financial reporting.
Limitations
on the Effectiveness of Controls
Our
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer,
does not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal controls will
prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well
designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that
the control system’s objectives will be met. Further, the design of a control
system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the
benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the
inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can
provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if
any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include
the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that
breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls can
also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two
or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design
of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about the
likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will
succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future
conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of
changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with
associated policies or procedures. Because of the inherent
limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or
fraud may occur and not be detected.
PART
II. OTHER
INFORMATION
ITEM
1. Legal
Proceedings
The
Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that are discussed
below. The Company is also subject to certain other legal proceedings and claims
that have arisen in the ordinary course of business and which have not been
fully adjudicated. The Company does not believe it has a potential
liability related to current legal proceedings and claims that could
individually, or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on its
financial condition, liquidity or results of operations. However, the results of
legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty. Should the Company fail to
prevail in any legal matters or should several legal matters be resolved against
the Company in the same reporting period, then the operating results of that
particular reporting period could be materially adversely
affected. In the past, the Company settled certain matters that did
not individually, or in the aggregate, have a material impact on the Company’s
results of operations.
a)
Intellectual Property Lawsuits
We
protect our proprietary technology by applying for patents where appropriate
and, in other cases, by preserving the technology, related know-how and
information as trade secrets. The success and competitive position of our
product lines are significantly impacted by our ability to obtain intellectual
property protection for our R&D efforts.
We have,
from time to time, exchanged correspondence with third parties regarding the
assertion of patent or other intellectual property rights in connection with
certain of our products and processes. Additionally, on September 11, 2006, we
filed a lawsuit against Optium Corporation, currently part of Finisar
Corporation (Optium) in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of
Pennsylvania for patent infringement of certain patents associated with our
Fiber Optics segment. In the suit, the Company and JDS Uniphase Corporation
(JDSU) allege that Optium is infringing on U.S. patents 6,282,003 and 6,490,071
with its Prisma II 1550nm transmitters. On March 14, 2007, following denial of a
motion to add additional claims to its existing lawsuit, the Company and JDSU
filed a second patent suit in the same court against Optium alleging
infringement of JDSU's patent 6,519,374 ("the '374 patent"). On March
15, 2007, Optium filed a declaratory judgment action against the Company and
JDSU. Optium sought in this litigation a declaration that certain products of
Optium do not infringe the '374 patent and that the patent is invalid, but the
District Court dismissed the action on January 3, 2008 without addressing the
merits. The '374 patent is assigned to JDSU and licensed to the
Company.
On
December 20, 2007, the Company was served with a complaint in another
declaratory relief action which Optium had filed in the Federal District Court
for the Western District of Pennsylvania. This action seeks to have
U.S. patents 6,282,003 and 6,490,071 declared invalid or unenforceable because
of certain conduct alleged to have occurred in connection with the grant of
these patents. These allegations are substantially the same as those
brought by Optium by motion in the Company’s own case against Optium, which
motion had been denied by the Court. On August 11, 2008, both actions
pending in the Western District of Pennsylvania were consolidated before a
single judge, and a trial date of October 19, 2009 was set. On
February 18, 2009, the Company’s motion for a summary judgment dismissing
Optium’s declaratory relief action was granted, and on March 11, 2009, the
Company was notified that Optium intended to file an appeal of this order. In
October 2009 the consolidated matters were tried before a jury, which found that
all patents asserted against Optium were valid, that all claims asserted were
infringed, and that such infringement by Optium was willful where willfulness
was asserted. The jury awarded EMCORE and JDSU monetary damages
totaling approximately $3.4 million.
b)
Avago-related Litigation
On July
15, 2008, the Company was served with a complaint filed by Avago Technologies
and what appear to be affiliates thereof in the United States District Court for
the Northern District of California, San Jose Division (Avago Technologies U.S.,
Inc., et al., Emcore
Corporation, et al.,
Case No.: C08-3248 JW). In this complaint, Avago asserts
claims for breach of contract and breach of express warranty against Venture
Corporation Limited (one of the Company’s customers) and asserts a tort claim
for negligent interference with prospective economic advantage against the
Company.
On
December 5, 2008, the Company was also served with a complaint by Avago
Technologies filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District
of California, San Jose Division alleging infringement of two patents by the
Company’s VCSEL products. (Avago Technologies Singapore et al., Emcore Corporation,
et al., Case
No.: C08-5394 EMC). This matter has been stayed pending
resolution of the International Trade Commission matter described immediately
below.
On March
5, 2009, the Company was notified that, based on a complaint filed by Avago
alleging the same patent infringement that formed the basis of the complaint
previously filed in the Northern District of California, the U.S. International
Trade Commission had determined to begin an investigation titled “In the Matter
of Certain Optoelectronic Devices, Components Thereof and Products Containing
the Same”, Inv. No. 337-TA-669. This matter was tried before an
administrative law judge of the International Trade Commission from November
16-20, 2009, and final briefings have been completed but no decision has yet
been rendered.
The
Company intends to vigorously defend against the allegations of all of the Avago
complaints.
c)
Green and Gold related litigation
On
December 23, 2008, Plaintiffs Maurice Prissert and Claude Prissert filed a
purported stockholder class action (the “Prissert Class Action”) pursuant to
Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 23 allegedly on behalf of a class of Company
shareholders against the Company and certain of its present and former directors
and officers (the “Individual Defendants”) in the United States District Court
for the District of New Mexico captioned, Maurice Prissert and Claude Prissert
v. EMCORE Corporation, Adam Gushard, Hong Q. Hou, Reuben F. Richards, Jr., David
Danzilio and Thomas Werthan, Case No. 1:08cv1190 (D.N.M.). The
Complaint alleges that Company and the Individual Defendants violated certain
provisions of the federal securities laws, including Section 10(b) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, arising out of the Company’s disclosure
regarding its customer Green and Gold Energy (“GGE”) and the associated backlog
of GGE orders with the Company’s Photovoltaics business segment. The
Complaint in the Class Action seeks, among other things, an unspecified amount
of compensatory damages and other costs and expenses associated with the
maintenance of the Action.
On or
about February 12, 2009, a second purported stockholder class action (Mueller v. EMCORE Corporation et
al., Case No. 1:09cv 133 (D.N.M.)) (the “Mueller Class Action”) was filed
in the United States District Court for the District of New Mexico against the
same defendants named in the Prissert Class Action, based on substantially the
same facts and circumstances, containing substantially the same allegations and
seeking substantially the same relief. Plaintiffs in both class
actions have moved to consolidate the matters into a single action, and several
alleged EMCORE shareholders have moved to be appointed lead class plaintiff of
the to-be consolidated action. Selection of a lead plaintiff in this
matter is currently pending before the Court.
On
January 23, 2009, Plaintiff James E. Stearns filed a purported stockholder
derivative action (the “Stearns Derivative Action”) on behalf of the Company
against certain of its present and former directors and officers (the
“Individual Defendants”), as well as the Company as nominal defendant in the
Superior Court of New Jersey, Atlantic County, Chancery Division (James E. Stearns, derivatively on
behalf of EMCORE Corporation v. Thomas J. Russell, Robert Bogomolny,
Charles Scott, John Gillen, Reuben F. Richards, Jr., Hong Q. Hou, Adam Gushard,
David Danzilio and Thomas Werthan, Case No. Atl-C-10-09). This
action is based on essentially the same factual contentions as the Prissert
Class Action, and alleges that the Individual Defendants engaged in
improprieties and violations of law in connection with the reporting of the GGE
backlog. The Derivative Action seeks several forms of relief,
allegedly on behalf of the Company, including, among other things, damages,
equitable relief, corporate governance reforms, an accounting of, rescission of,
restitution of, and costs and disbursements of the lawsuit.
On March
11, 2009, Plaintiff Gary Thomas filed a second purported shareholder derivative
action (the “Thomas Derivative Action”; together with the Stearns Derivative
Action, the “Derivative Actions”) in the U.S. District Court for the District of
New Mexico against the Company and certain of the Individual
Defendants (Gary Thomas, derivatively on behalf
of EMCORE Corporation v. Thomas J. Russell, Robert Bogomolny, Charles
Scott, John Gillen, Reuben F. Richards, Jr., Hong Q. Hou, and EMCORE
Corporation, Case No. 1.09-cv-00236, (D.N.M.)). The Thomas
Derivative Action makes the same allegations as the Stearns Derivative Action
and seeks essentially the same relief.
The
Stearns Derivative Action and the Thomas Derivative action have been
consolidated before a single judge in Somerset County, New Jersey, and have been
stayed pending the Prissert and Mueller Class Actions.
The
Company intends to vigorously defend against the allegations of both the Class
Actions and the Derivative Action.
d)
Securities Matters
-
|
SEC
Communications. On or about August 15, 2008, the Company
received a letter from the Denver office of the Enforcement Division of
the Securities and Exchange Commission wherein it sought the Company's
voluntary production of documents relating to, among other things, the
Company's business relationship with Green and Gold Energy, Inc., its
licensees, and the Photovoltaics segment backlog the Company reported to
the public. Since that time, the Company has provided documents
to the staff of the SEC and met with the staff on December 12, 2008 to
address this matter. On June 10, 2009, the SEC staff requested
that the Company voluntarily provide documentary backup for certain
information presented at the December 2008 meeting, which was provided on
July 17, 2009, and arrange for a telephone interview with one former
employee, which has been completed. On August 24, 2009, in a
telephone call with the Company’s counsel, the staff posed certain
questions relating to the material provided on July 17, 2009, which were
answered via the production of additional information and documentation on
October 9, 2009.
|
-
|
NASDAQ
Communication. On or about November 13, 2008, the Company
received a letter from the NASDAQ Listings Qualifications group (“NASDAQ”)
concerning the Company's removal of $79 million in backlog attributable to
GGE which the Company announced on August 8, 2008 and the remaining
backlog exclusive of GGE. The Company advised NASDAQ that it would
cooperate with its inquiry. To date, the Company has received
three additional requests for information from NASDAQ (the latter 2 of
which requested updates on the SEC matter). The Company has
complied with each of NASDAQ’s requests. In early November 2009
the NASDAQ orally requested to be advised of developments in the SEC
matter.
|
As of
December 31, 2009 and the filing date of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, no
amounts have been accrued for any litigation item discussed above since no
estimate of loss can be made at this time.
ITEM
1A. Risk
Factors
In
addition to the other information set forth in this report, you should carefully
consider the risk factors discussed in Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors” in our
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2009, which could
materially affect our business, financial condition or future
results. The risks described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K are
not the only risks facing our Company. Additional risks and
uncertainties not currently known to us also may materially adversely affect our
business, financial condition and/or operating results.
Our
agreement for the sale of a majority of our fiber optics assets and the creation
of a joint venture in China is subject to the satisfaction of material
conditions. A failure of the transaction to close would likely have
material adverse effect on the Company.
Our
agreement with TCIC for the sale of a majority interest in our telecom,
enterprise, CATV, FTTP and video transport product lines is subject to the
approval of our and TCIC’s boards of directors, which means that, until these
approvals are obtained, the agreement would not be enforceable by either party
against the other. In addition, the closing of the transaction is
subject to the satisfaction of material conditions, including regulatory and
government approvals in the U.S. and China. In the event these
conditions are not satisfied, we may be unable to consummate the transaction,
and, if U.S. regulatory approvals are not obtained, the Company will be liable
for the payment of a $2,775,000 termination fee to TCIC.
The
Company has also agreed to relocate its China CPV manufacturing and operations
base to the Caofeidian Industry Zone. It is uncertain whether this
operation can be successfully relocated, and failure to successfully do so may
have an adverse impact on these operations as well as other aspects of the
Company’s CPV business, which may be dependent on these operations.
A failure
to close the joint venture transaction for any reason may have a material
adverse effect on the Company. Our relationships or credibility with
customers could suffer if transition arrangements for the joint venture
transactions are planned but not implemented due to a failure to
close. In addition, we would not realize the expected benefits under
the terms of the joint venture arrangement, and, because we are restricted by
the stock purchase agreement from conducting the business of the joint venture
assets in ways other than the ordinary course during the pendency of the
closing, we would not have had the opportunity to pursue other strategic
transactions involving those assets.
If
the joint venture transaction is consummated, the successful implementation of
the joint venture will be subject to additional risks and uncertainties that may
have an adverse material effect on the joint venture’s
performance. If the joint venture is not successful, the Company may
suffer losses under its obligation to provide debt financing to the joint
venture.
If the
transaction is closed, the implementation of the joint venture transaction will
also be subject to additional risks and uncertainties. The assets
included in the transaction will need to be transitioned to the joint venture,
and in some cases will be relocated geographically to the Caofeidian Industry
Zone in China, which may lead to unexpected cost and could result in business
interruptions or other adverse consequences to the business. A
failure by the joint venture to retain key employees may also have an adverse
material effect on the business and performance of the joint
venture. Because we will share ownership and management of the joint
venture, the management of these risks will not be entirely within our
control.
In
addition, the Company has agreed to make $3.0 million in additional debt
financing available to the joint venture following the closing, and to pledge
50% of its interest in the joint venture as collateral for the $27.0 million in
working capital loans to the joint venture to be arranged by
TCIC The Company will likely suffer losses of these amounts if
the joint venture is unable to repay its debts.
Not
Applicable
ITEM
4. Submission
of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
No
matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the three months
ended December 31, 2009.
ITEM
5. Other
Information
Tangshan
Agreements
On
February 3, 2010, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement to create
a joint venture with Tangshan Caofeidian Investment Corporation (“TCIC”), a
Chinese investment company located in the Caofeidian Industry Zone, Tangshan
City, Hebei Province of China.
The
agreement provides for TCIC to purchase a sixty percent (60%) interest in the
Company’s Fiber Optics business (excluding its satellite communications and
specialty photonics fiber optics product lines), which will be operated as a
joint venture once the transaction is closed. The Fiber Optics
businesses included in this transaction are the Company’s telecom, enterprise,
cable television (CATV), fiber-to-the-premises (FTTP), and video transport
product lines. The Company will retain the satellite communications and
specialty photonics fiber optics product lines as well as the satellite and
terrestrial solar businesses.
The new
joint venture entity will be named EMCORE Fiber Optics, Limited (“EFO”), and
will be a newly formed corporation organized in Hong Kong. The agreement
provides for TCIC to pay the Company $27.75 million in cash, subject to
adjustment based on the net asset value of the business as of the closing date,
and also to provide $27 million of additional debt financing to EFO subsequent
to the closing, with $18 million to be funded within 90 days of closing and $9
million to be funded within 90 days of the first anniversary of the
closing. The Company will be providing 50% of its equity interest in
EFO as collateral for this indebtedness. In addition, the agreement
provides for the Company to provide $3 million of additional debt financing to
EFO after the closing, with $2 million to be funded within 5 business days of
the closing and $1 million to be funded within 90 days of the first anniversary
of the closing.
The
agreement is subject to the approval of both the Company’s board of directors
and the board of directors of TCIC, and the closing of the transaction is
subject to material conditions, including regulatory and governmental approvals
in the U.S. and China. If US regulatory approvals are not obtained,
the Company will be obligated to pay a termination fee of $2,775,000 to
TCIC.
The
parties also executed a Shareholders Agreement to provide for operation of EFO
following closing. The terms of the Shareholders Agreement provide
that TCIC shall have the right to elect three of EFO’s five directors of EFO, as
well as to designate the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Financial
Officer. The Company will have the right to elect the remaining two
directors and to nominate the Chief Executive Officer. The Company
also has the right to approve certain key corporate matters (including
modifications of EFO’s governing documents, changes in equity and corporate
structure, mergers, acquisitions and dispositions, the incurring of
indebtedness, and the annual business plan and budget) through supermajority
voting requirements on the Board (subject to certain deadlock
provisions). The Shareholders’ Agreement also imposes certain
restrictions on the parties’ abilities to transfer their interest in
EFO.
It is
expected that the Company’s Executive Chairman and Chairman of the Board, Mr.
Reuben F. Richards, Jr. will resign his position as the Company’s Executive
Chairman effective as of the closing of the transaction to assume the role of
CEO for EFO. In addition, the agreement provides for certain other
Company senior executives and the employees currently working for the
transferred product lines to be offered positions with EFO. The agreement
further contemplates that the Company’s President and CEO, Dr. Hong Q. Hou, will
also serve as a director of EFO, providing strategic and operational oversight
to the joint venture.
Tangshan
Caofeidian Investment Corporation has nominated Dr. Yi Li as Chairman of the
Board for EFO and TCIC will name a CFO to EFO subsequent to the
closing.
Over the
next several years, the joint venture is expected to focus on developing a high
volume, low cost manufacturing infrastructure and a local customer support
organization to better serve the expanding customer base in China and worldwide.
TCIC has committed to providing additional funding support for the JV's future
strategic growth through acquisitions.
In
conjunction with the establishment of the joint venture, the Company and TCIC
also entered into a supplemental agreement pursuant to which the Company agreed
to establish its China terrestrial concentrator photovoltaics (CPV)
manufacturing and operations base in the Caofeidian Industry Zone. The agreement
includes a commitment by TCIC to provide the Company with the equivalent of $3.3
million in RMB denominated loans, tax and rent incentives and assistance in
developing the Company’s solar power business in China.
Line of
Credit
On
February 8, 2010, the Company and Bank of America entered into a Sixth Amendment
to the Company’s revolving asset-backed credit facility, which (a)
permits the Company to enter into foreign exchange hedging transactions pursuant
to a separate facility with the bank, provided that available amounts under such
facility shall be deducted from the maximum revolving loan limit under this
facility; and (b) resets the EDITDA financial covenant for the first quarter of
fiscal 2010 to place the Company in compliance with that covenant.
ITEM
6.
Exhibits
Exhibit Number
|
|
10.1*
|
Share
Purchase Agreement, dated February 3, 2010, by and among Tangshan
Caofeidian Investment Corporation and EMCORE
Corporation.
|
|
|
10.2*
|
Shareholders
Agreement, dated February 3, 2010, by and among Tangshan Caofeidian
Investment Corporation and EMCORE Corporation.
|
|
|
10.3*
|
Supplemental
Agreement, dated February 3, 2010, by and among Tangshan Caofeidian
Investment Corporation and EMCORE Corporation.
|
|
|
10.4*
|
Sixth
Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement with Bank of America, N.A.,
dated February 8, 2010.
|
|
|
31.1*
|
Certificate
of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, dated February 9, 2010.
|
|
|
31.2*
|
Certificate
of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, dated February 9, 2010.
|
|
|
32.1*
|
Certificate
of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, dated February 9, 2010.
|
|
|
32.2*
|
Certificate
of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, dated February 9,
2010.
|
_________
* Filed herewith
SIGNATURES
Pursuant
to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has
duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto
duly authorized.
|
EMCORE
CORPORATION
|
|
|
Date: February
9, 2010
|
By:
/s/
Hong Q. Hou
|
|
Hong
Q. Hou, Ph.D.
|
|
Chief
Executive Officer
(Principal
Executive Officer)
|
|
|
|
|
Date: February
9, 2010
|
By:
/s/
John M, Markovich
|
|
John
M. Markovich
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer
(Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
ex10-1.htm
EXHIBIT
10.1
SHARE
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
BY
AND BETWEEN
EMCORE
CORPORATION
and
TANGSHAN
CAOFEIDIAN INVESTMENT CO., LTD.
3rd
February, 2010
|
ARTICLE
I PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES
|
|
1.3
|
Initial
Net Asset Value Adjustment and Payment of the Estimated Purchase
Price.
|
|
|
1.4
|
Post-Closing
Adjustment of the Estimated Purchase Price.
|
|
|
ARTICLE
II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
SELLER
|
|
2.1
|
Organization
and Good Standing.
|
|
|
2.2
|
Authority;
No Conflict.
|
|
|
2.4
|
Financial
Statements.
|
|
|
2.6
|
Title
to Properties; Encumbrances.
|
|
|
2.7
|
Sufficiency
of Assets
|
|
|
2.10
|
No
Undisclosed Liabilities.
|
|
|
2.13
|
Compliance
with Legal Requirements; Governmental
Authorizations.
|
|
|
2.14
|
Legal
Proceedings; Orders.
|
|
|
2.15
|
Absence
of Certain Changes and Events
|
|
|
2.16
|
Contracts;
No Defaults.
|
|
|
2.18
|
Environmental
Matters.
|
|
|
2.20
|
Labor
Relations; Compliance
|
|
|
2.21
|
Intellectual
Property.
|
|
|
2.22
|
Accounts;
Safe Deposit Boxes; Powers of Attorney and Directors and
Officers
|
|
|
ARTICLE
III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
BUYER
|
|
3.1
|
Organization
and Good Standing
|
|
|
3.2
|
Authority;
No Conflict.
|
|
|
3.4
|
Investment
Intent; Ability to Evaluate and Bear Risks
|
|
|
3.7
|
No
Military Affiliation. .
|
|
|
ARTICLE
IV COVENANTS OF SELLER PRIOR TO CLOSING
DATE
|
|
4.1
|
Access
and Investigation
|
|
|
4.2
|
Operation
of the Business
|
|
|
4.7
|
Acquisition
Proposals.
|
|
|
4.8
|
Commercially
Reasonable Efforts
|
|
|
ARTICLE
V COVENANTS OF BUYER PRIOR TO CLOSING
DATE
|
|
5.3
|
Purchase
Price and Loan Funding
|
|
|
5.4
|
Commercially
Reasonable Efforts
|
|
|
ARTICLE
VI ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS
|
|
6.1
|
Tax
Returns and Transfer Taxes.
|
|
|
6.2
|
Other
Intercompany Arrangements; Third Party Assurances.
|
|
|
6.3
|
Excluded
Insurance Policies; Continued Product Liability
Insurance.
|
|
|
6.5
|
Additions
to and Modification of Schedules; Notification.
|
|
|
6.6
|
Non-Solicitation
and Non-Competition.
|
|
|
6.8
|
Technology
Protection Plan
|
|
|
6.9
|
Delivery
of Documents, Etc.
|
|
|
6.10
|
Collection
of Accounts Receivable
|
|
|
6.11
|
No
Military Application
|
|
|
ARTICLE
VII CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO BUYER’S OBLIGATION TO
CLOSE
|
|
7.1
|
Accuracy
of Representations
|
|
|
7.2
|
Seller’s
Performance.
|
|
|
7.3
|
Consents
and Approvals
|
|
|
7.5
|
Amended
and Restated Credit Agreement Release
|
|
|
7.7
|
Technology
Protection Plan.
|
|
|
7.10
|
Company
Material Adverse Effect
|
|
|
ARTICLE
VIII CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO SELLER’S OBLIGATION TO
CLOSE
|
|
8.1
|
Accuracy
of Representations
|
|
|
8.3
|
Consents
and Approvals
|
|
|
9.3
|
Effect
of Termination
|
|
|
ARTICLE
X INDEMNIFICATION; REMEDIES
|
|
10.2
|
Indemnification
and Payment of Damages by Seller
|
|
|
10.3
|
Indemnification
and Payment of Damages by Buyer
|
|
|
10.5
|
Limitations
on Amount
|
|
|
10.6
|
Exclusive
Remedy; Holdback Amount.
|
|
|
10.7
|
Procedure
for Indemnification–Third Party Claims.
|
|
|
10.8
|
Procedure
for Indemnification–Other Claims
|
|
|
ARTICLE
XI GENERAL PROVISIONS
|
|
11.2
|
Public
Announcements
|
|
|
11.8
|
Entire
Agreement and Modification
|
|
|
11.10
|
Assignments,
Successors, and No Third-Party Rights
|
|
|
11.16
|
Other
Definitional and Interpretive Matters.
|
|
SHARE
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This
Share Purchase Agreement
(“Agreement”) is made as of the 3rd day
of February, 2010,
by and between EMCORE
Corporation, a New Jersey corporation with its principal executive office
at 10420 Research Road, SE Albuquerque, NM 87123 U.S.A. (“Seller”), and Tangshan Caofeidian Investment Co.,
Ltd., a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the PRC,
with its legal address at: Kilometer Zero, Caofeidian Industrial Zone, Tanghai
County, Tangshan City, Hebei Province 063200, PRC (“Buyer”). For
purposes of this Agreement, the terms set forth in Exhibit 1 shall have
the meanings specified or referred to therein.
R E C I T A L
S
A. Seller
and its Subsidiaries (collectively, the “Emcore Companies” and each
individually, an “Emcore Company”) are engaged in the business of designing,
manufacturing and selling (i) telecom, enterprise, cable tv,
fiber-to-the-premises, video transport, satellite communication and specialty
photonics optical components, sub-systems and systems that enable the
transmission of video, voice and data over high-capacity fiber optic cables in
various fiber-optic transmission networks (the “Fiber Business”) and (ii) solar
products for satellite and terrestrial applications (the “Solar
Business”).
B. Buyer
is interested in acquiring control of, and entering into a joint venture with
Seller to operate a business (the “Business”) consisting of all aspects of the
Fiber Business other than the design, manufacture and sale of satellite
communication and specialty photonics products. The Solar Business
and the satellite communication and specialty photonics products portion of the
Fiber Business (the “Retained Fiber Business” and, together with the Solar
Business, the “Retained Business”) would continue to be owned and operated
solely by Seller.
C. In
order to enter into a joint venture with Buyer with respect to the Business,
Buyer and Seller intend that the Emcore Companies enter into a restructuring
(the “Restructuring”) consisting of the transfer of substantially all of the
assets, liabilities, obligations, agreements, employees and operations of the
Business, other than cash and cash equivalents, as a going concern to Seller’s
wholly-owned Hong Kong subsidiary, to be incorporated and established before
Closing as part of the Restructuring (the “Company”), or to another Acquired
Company. The basic step plan of the Restructuring as agreed between
the parties is set forth in Schedule C, and a detailed step plan substantially
consistent with the basic step plan shall be agreed between the Parties as soon
as practicable after signing of this Agreement which shall be attached to this
Agreement and replace the existing basic step plan (the “Restructuring
Plan”).
D. Following
the Restructuring, Buyer desires to purchase, and Seller desires to sell, 6,000,000 shares (the
“Shares”) of capital stock of the Company representing 60% of the total
outstanding shares to be issued by the Company to Seller prior to Closing, on
the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
AGREEMENT
NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual representations, warranties and
agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE
I
PURCHASE
AND SALE OF SHARES
1.1 Purchase and
Sale
. Subject
to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing, Seller
will sell, transfer and deliver to Buyer, and Buyer will purchase from Seller,
the Shares, which shall constitute 60% of the total outstanding shares of
capital stock of the Company, free and clear of all Encumbrances, in exchange
for payment of the Purchase Price by Buyer.
1.2 Purchase
Price
. The
amount payable to Seller for the purchase and sale of the Shares shall be $27,750,000, subject to
adjustment by reference to the Final Net Asset Value Amount pursuant to Section
1.4 (such adjusted amount being the “Final Purchase Price”).
1.3 Initial Net Asset Value
Adjustment and
Payment of the Estimated Purchase Price.
(a) On or
before a date not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date,
Seller shall cause the Company to prepare and deliver to Buyer an estimated
consolidated net asset value statement for the Company, in the form of Exhibit 2, as of
12:01 a.m. (Albuquerque time) on the Closing
Date (the “Estimated Net Asset Value Statement”) setting forth a good faith
estimate of the Company Net Asset Value as of the Closing (the “Estimated Net
Asset Value Amount”), certified by Seller’s Chief Financial Officer as being (x)
prepared in accordance with GAAP using the same accounting methods, policies,
practices and procedures (other than footnotes), with consistent classifications
and estimation methodologies (with the exception that the June 30, 2009 balance
sheet includes $723,000 in cash and $12,530,000 in real property that are not
assets of the Business and are not included in any subsequent balance sheets of
the Business) , as were used in the preparation of the pro forma
unaudited financial statements of the Business as of and for the nine months
ending June 30, 2009 and as of and for the six months ending December 31, 2009
as provided by Seller to Buyer prior to the date of this Agreement,(y) based on
all information known to such Chief Financial Officer at such time and such
other information then reasonably available to the Company, Seller or such Chief
Financial Officer and (z) prepared after due inquiry of all personnel
responsible for the preparation of financial information of the Company in the
Ordinary Course of Business.
(b) Based on
the Estimated Net Asset Value Statement, if the Estimated Net Asset Value Amount
is:
(i) equal to
or greater than 110% of the Target Net Asset Value Amount, the “Estimated
Purchase Price” shall equal (x) $27,750,000 plus (y) 60% of the amount (and only
such amount) of the Estimated Net Asset Value Amount that exceeds 110% of the
Target Net Asset Value Amount (the “Estimated Upward Adjustment Amount”) ;
or
(ii) equal to
or less than 90% of
the Target Net Asset Value Amount, the “Estimated Purchase Price” shall equal
(x) $27,750,000 minus (y) 60% of the amount (and only such amount) of the
Estimated Net Asset Value Amount that is less than 90% of the Target Net Asset
Value Amount (the “Estimated Downward Adjustment Amount”);
(iii) between
110% of the Target Net Asset Value Amount and 90% of the Target Net Asset
Value Amount, the “Estimated Purchase Price” shall equal
$27,750,000.
(c) On the
Closing Date, Buyer shall pay 90% of the Estimated Purchase Price to a bank
account designated, no later than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing
Date, by Seller. The remaining 10% of the Estimated Purchase Price
(the “Holdback Amount”) shall be retained by Buyer as a holdback which amount
shall be applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
1.4 Post-Closing Adjustment of
the Estimated Purchase Price.
(a) Within
the 45-day period immediately following the Closing Date, Buyer shall prepare
and deliver to Seller (i) a consolidated net asset value statement of the
Company, in the form of Exhibit 2, as of
12:01 a.m. (Albuquerque time) on the Closing Date (the “Closing Net Asset Value
Statement”) setting forth Buyer’s calculation of the Company Net Asset Value as
of the Closing (the “Closing Net Asset Value Amount”). Unless
disputed by Seller in accordance with Section 1.4(c), the Closing Net Asset
Value Amount shown on the Closing Net Asset Value Statement shall be the final
and binding Closing Net Asset Value Amount (the “Final Net Asset Value
Amount”). The Closing Net Asset Value Statement will be certified by
the Company’s Chief Financial Officer as being prepared in accordance with GAAP
using the same accounting methods, policies, practices and procedures (other
than footnotes), with consistent classifications and estimation methodologie
(with the exception that the June 30, 2009 balance sheet includes $723,000 in
cash and $12,530,000 in real property that are not assets of the Business and
are not included in any subsequent balance sheets of the Business) s
, as were used in the preparation of the pro forma unaudited financial
statements of the Business as of and for the nine months ending June 30, 2009
and as of and for the six months ended December 31, 2009 as provided by Seller
to Buyer prior to the date of this Agreement, and will not include any changes
in assets or liabilities as a result of purchase accounting adjustments arising
from or resulting as a consequence of the transactions contemplated
hereby. The Closing Net Asset Value Amount will be calculated in a
manner consistent with the calculation of the Estimated Net Asset Value Amount
in Section 1.3(a) above.
(b) From the
Closing Date until the date the Final Net Asset Value Amount is agreed or
determined in accordance with Section 1.4(e), in order to allow Buyer to satisfy
its obligations under Section 1.4(a), (i) Seller shall provide, or cause to be
provided, to Buyer and its officers, employees and authorized agents and
representatives, including any accountants, counsel or financial advisor
retained by Buyer, reasonable access to the books, records and working papers of
Seller and its Affiliates, including taking electronic copies, to the extent
that they are reasonably required for the preparation of the Closing Net Asset
Value Statement or Buyer’s analysis of any Dispute Notice and (ii) the
individual employees of Seller or its Affiliates who prepared or were
responsible for the preparation of the Estimated Net Asset Value Statement shall
be made available to respond to the reasonable inquiries of Buyer and its
officers, employees and authorized agents and representatives and shall
otherwise cooperate with, and provide reasonable assistance to, Buyer in
connection with the preparation of the Closing Net Asset Value
Statement.
(c) Seller
shall deliver to Buyer within sixty (60) days after receiving the Closing Net
Asset Value Statement (the “Dispute Deadline Date”) either a notice indicating
that Seller accepts the Closing Net Asset Value Amount set forth on the Closing
Net Asset Value Statement (an “Acceptance Notice”) or a notice indicating that
Seller disputes the Closing Net Asset Value Amount set forth on the Closing Net
Asset Value Statement (a “Dispute Notice”). The Dispute Notice shall
set forth those items or amounts with which Seller disagrees in the Closing Net
Asset Value Statement, together with a reasonably detailed description of the
reasons for its objections to each such item or amount, and a calculation of the
Company Net Asset Value as of the Closing Date based on such
objections. If Seller delivers to Buyer an Acceptance Notice, or
Seller does not deliver a Dispute Notice, on or before the Dispute Deadline
Date, then, effective as of the earlier of the date of delivery of such
Acceptance Notice or the Dispute Deadline Date, the Closing Net Asset Value
Amount shown on the Closing Net Asset Value Statement shall be deemed to be the
Final Net Asset Value Amount. If Seller timely delivers a Dispute
Notice, only those matters specified in such Dispute Notice shall be deemed to
be in dispute with respect to the Closing Net Asset Value Amount, and all other
matters shall be final and binding upon Buyer and Seller.
(d) The
disputed matters set forth on the Dispute Notice shall be resolved as
follows:
(i) Buyer and
Seller shall negotiate in good faith to resolve any disagreement set forth in
the Dispute Notice within thirty (30) days after the date on which Buyer
receives the Dispute Notice. If the parties resolve such dispute,
then the Company Net Asset Value as of the Closing agreed to by the parties
shall be deemed to be the Final Net Asset Value Amount;
(ii) if the
parties do not reach a final resolution within thirty (30) days after Buyer
receives the Dispute Notice, unless the parties mutually agree to continue their
efforts to resolve such differences, within thirty (30) days following the
expiration of such 30-day period (or any extended period), then the parties
shall engage an accounting firm with international repute to be mutually agreed
(the “Neutral Accountants”) in the manner provided below to resolve, as expert
not arbitrator, any unresolved disputes matters (“Unresolved
Objections”). Each of the parties shall make available to the Neutral
Accountants all work papers and all other information and material in their
possession relating to the matters in the Dispute Notice. Each party
shall be permitted to present supporting materials to the Neutral Accountants
(which supporting materials shall also be concurrently provided to the other
party) within ten (10) Business Days of the submission of the Unresolved
Objections to the Neutral Accountants. Within five (5) Business Days
of receipt of supporting materials, the receiving party may present responsive
materials to the Neutral Accountants (which responsive materials shall also be
concurrently provided to the other party). Each party may make an
oral presentation to the Neutral Accountants (in which case, such presenting
party shall notify the other party of such presentation, and the other party
shall have the right to be present at such presentation) within twenty (20)
Business Days of the submission of the Unresolved Objections to the Neutral
Accountants. In determining any Unresolved Objections, the Neutral
Accountants shall only consider the materials and oral presentations of the
parties and those items and amounts set forth in the Dispute Notice, and shall
not conduct any independent review. The Neutral Accountants shall
make their final determination of any Unresolved Objections within sixty (60)
days of submission to them of such Unresolved Objections, which shall be
conclusive and binding upon the parties and shall be used to determine the Final
Net Asset Value Amount. The Seller and Buyer agree that the procedure
set forth in this Section 1.4(d)(ii) with respect to Unresolved Objections for
resolving disputes with respect to the Closing Net Asset Value Statement and
Closing Net Asset Value Amount shall be the sole and exclusive method for
resolving any such disputes provided that this Section 1.4(d)(ii) shall not
prohibit Seller or Buyer from instituting Proceedings to enforce the ruling of
the Neutral Accountants;
(iii) nothing
herein shall be construed to authorize or permit the Neutral Accountants (i) to
determine any questions or matters whatsoever under or in connection with this
Agreement except as expressly set forth herein, or (ii) to apply any accounting
methods, treatments, principles or procedures with respect to disputes under
this Section 1.4 other than as described in this Section 1.4. If any
Unresolved Objection is submitted to the Neutral Accountants pursuant to this
Section 1.4, the Final Net Asset Value Amount shall not be finally determined
until the Neutral Accountants have issued their final determination under
Section 1.4(d)(ii); and
(iv) the fees
and expenses of the Neutral Accountants shall be shared equally by Seller and
Buyer.
(e) The Final
Net Asset Value Amount shall be final and binding on Buyer and Seller upon the
earliest of (i) the delivery by Seller of an Acceptance Notice or the failure of
the Seller to deliver a Dispute Notice by the Dispute Deadline Date pursuant to
Section 1.4(c), (ii) the resolution of all disputes by Seller and Buyer pursuant
to Section 1.4(d)(i) and (iii) resolution of all disputes by the Neutral
Accountants pursuant to Section 1.4(d)(ii). The difference between
the Estimated Net Asset Value Amount and the Final Net Asset Value Amount shall
be the “Final Net Asset Value Adjustment Amount.”
(f) If the
Final Net Asset Value Amount is:
(i) equal to
or greater than
110% of the Target Net Asset Value Amount, the “Final Purchase Price” shall
equal (x) $27,750,000 plus (y) 60% of the amount (and only such amount) of the
Final Net Asset Value Amount that exceeds 110% of the Target Net Asset Value
Amount (the “Final Upward Adjustment Amount”); or
(ii) equal to
or less than 90% of the Target Net Asset Value Amount, the “Final Purchase
Price” shall equal (x) $27,750,000 minus (y) 60% of the amount (and only such
amount) of the Final Net Asset Value Amount that is less than 90% of the Target
Net Asset Value Amount (the “Final Downward Adjustment Amount”);
(iii) between
110% of the Target Asset Value Amount and 90% of the Target Net Asset Value
Amount, the “Final Purchase Price” shall equal $27,750,000.
In the
case of (i) and (ii) above, within five (5) Business Days after determination of
the Final Net Asset Value Amount:
(i) if
there is determined to be a Final Upward
Adjustment Amount:
(A) if
the Final Upward Adjustment Amount is greater than the Estimated Upward
Adjustment Amount, Buyer shall pay to Seller an amount equal to 90% of the
difference between the Final Upward Adjustment Amount and the Estimated Upward
Adjustment Amount and the remaining 10% of such difference shall be held in
retention by Buyer and become part of the Holdback Amount to be handled in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement;
(B) if
the Final Upward Adjustment Amount is less than the Estimated Upward Adjustment
Amount, Seller shall pay to Buyer an amount equal to 90% of the difference
between the Final Upward Adjustment Amount and the Estimated Upward Adjustment
Amount;
(ii) if
there is determined to be a Final Downward Adjustment Amount:
(A) if
the Final Downward Adjustment Amount is greater than the Estimated Downward
Adjustment Amount, Seller shall pay to Buyer an amount equal to 90% of the
difference between the Final Downward Adjustment Amount and the Estimated
Downward Adjustment Amount;
(B) if
the Final Downward Adjustment Amount is less than the Estimated Downward
Adjustment Amount, Buyer shall pay to Seller an amount equal to 90% of the
difference between the Final Downward Adjustment Amount and the Estimated
Downward Adjustment Amount and the remaining 10% of such difference shall be
held in retention by Buyer and become part of the Holdback Amount to be handled
in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
All
amounts payable by either Buyer or Seller in accordance with the above shall be
made within five (5) Business Days after determination of the Final Net Asset
Value Amount in immediately available funds to a bank account specified by
Seller or Buyer, as the case may be, at least three (3) Business Days prior to
such payment In the event Seller fails to pay all or part of any
amount payable by Seller to Buyer within the five (5) Business Day period as
provided above, Buyer shall be entitled to forever retain for its benefit from
the Holdback Amount the amount Seller fails to so pay.
1.5 Closing
. Subject
to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the purchase and sale of the
Shares provided for in this Agreement (the “Closing”) will take place, unless
this Agreement has previously been terminated pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof, at
the offices of Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP, Beijing at 10:00 a.m.
(Beijing time) on a mutually agreed date within five (5) Business Days after the
satisfaction or (to the extent permitted by applicable law and this Agreement)
waiver of the conditions set forth in Articles VII and VIII (other than those
conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, and subject
to the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions), or at such other time and
place as the parties may mutually agree upon in writing. The
effective time of the Closing shall be 23:59 (Beijing time) on the Closing
Date.
1.6 Closing
Obligations.
At
the Closing:
(a) Seller
will cause to be delivered to Buyer:
(i) share
certificate(s) representing the Shares, duly issued in the name of
Buyer;
(ii) duly
executed and undated stock transfer forms and bought/sold notes in respect of
the Shares;
(iii) a
certified copy of the updated members’ register of the Company showing Buyer as
the holder of the Shares;
(iv) a receipt
for 90% of the Estimated Purchase Price;
(v) a
transition services agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 3 (the
“Transition Services Agreement”), executed by Seller and Company;
(vi) a supply
agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 4 (the
“Supply Agreement”), executed by Seller and Company;
(vii) a
counterpart to a shareholders’ agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 5 (the “Shareholders’
Agreement”), executed by Seller;
(viii) the
sublease agreements substantially in the form of Exhibit 6 (the “Sublease
Agreements”), executed by Seller, US Subsidiary and Company;
(ix) a copy of
the relevant legal documentation implementing the Restructuring, as set forth in
the Restructuring Plan (the “Restructuring Documents”), executed by Seller,
Company and the other Acquired Companies, as applicable;
(x) the
license agreements substantially in the form of Exhibit 7
(the “License Agreements”), executed by Seller and Company;
(xi) written
resignations as officers and directors (but not as employees, if applicable)
duly executed by each officer and director of the Company not remaining in such
position following the Closing pursuant to the terms of the Shareholders’
Agreement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Buyer;
(xii) certificates
dated as of the Closing Date from Seller and/or the Company, as applicable, duly
executed by such Person’s Secretary, certifying (A) that attached thereto is a
true, correct and complete copy of the Organizational Documents of the Company
as in effect on the date of such certification, (B) that attached thereto is a
true, correct and complete copy of all resolutions duly and validly adopted by
the board of directors of the Company approving any Ancillary Agreements to
which it is a party and that all such resolutions are still in full force and
effect, and (C) that attached thereto is a true, correct and complete copy of
the resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors of Seller, authorizing
the entry into this Agreement, and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it
is a party, by Seller and the performance by Seller of the terms hereof and
thereof;
(xiii) legal
opinion from Seller’s New Jersey attorney Dillon, Bitar & Luther addressed
to Seller confirming that approval from the stockholders of Seller is not
required in respect of the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement
and the Ancillary Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and
thereby;
(xiv) all
original agreements, documents, books, records and files, including records and
files stored on computer disks or tapes or any other storage medium, if any, of
the Business and in the possession of any Emcore Company to the extent not then
in the possession of an Acquired Company, except that if such materials also
relate to the Retained Business or if the Emcore Companies are otherwise
required to retain the original of such materials, then copies
thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent required by any
Legal Requirements, Seller may require Buyer to designate a United States
citizen as the recipient of any of the foregoing, and such recipient, as a
condition to receiving such items, shall agree to any restrictions on further
disclosures as may be required by such Legal Requirements;
(xv) the
certificates required by Sections 7.1 and 7.2(a), dated as of the Closing
Date;
(xvi) a copy of
the export license approvals issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce in
respect of the Export Controlled Technologies without conditions that are
unusual or unduly onerous;
(xvii) a copy of
the approval document issued by CFIUS in respect of the transaction contemplated
under this Agreement without conditions that are unusual or unduly onerous;
and
(xviii) the
Emcore Loan Agreement (the “Emcore Loan Agreement”), executed by Seller and
Company on terms substantially consistent with the terms set forth in Exhibit 8.
(b) Buyer
will cause to be delivered to Seller :
(i) 90% of
the Estimated Purchase Price by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in
accordance with wire instructions delivered by Seller to Buyer at least three
(3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date;
(ii) a
counterpart to the Shareholders’ Agreement executed by Buyer;
(iii) a
certificate dated as of the Closing Date from Buyer, duly executed by Buyer’s
Chairman of board of directors, certifying that attached thereto is a true,
correct and complete copy of all resolutions duly and validly adopted by the
board of directors of Buyer authorizing the execution, delivery and performance
of this Agreement and the Buyer’s Closing Documents and the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby, and that all such resolutions are still in full
force and effect;
(iv) the form
of Caofeidian Loan Agreement as agreed between Buyer and Seller on terms
substantially consistent with the terms set forth in Exhibit 8 (the “CFD Loan
Agreement”) initialed by Buyer;
(v) the
certificates required by Sections 8.1 and 8.2(a), dated as of the Closing Date;
and
(vi) a copy of
each of the PRC Approvals.
ARTICLE
II
REPRESENTATIONS
AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER
Except as
set forth in the attached Seller’s Schedule (as it may be revised pursuant to
Section 6.13, the “Seller’s Schedule”)
(which lists exceptions and disclosures numbered to correspond to the
applicable representations and warranties set forth in this Article II to which
such exception or disclosure refers, and which shall only be deemed to refer to
another Article or Section of this Agreement if an explicit cross-reference
appears or if the applicability of such matter to another Article or Section is
reasonably apparent), Seller represents and warrants to Buyer as
follows:
2.1 Organization and Good
Standing.
(a) Seller is
duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of its
jurisdiction of organization.
(b) Section 2.1 of the Seller’s
Schedule contains, as of the date of this Agreement, a complete and
accurate list for each Acquired Company of its name and its jurisdiction of
organization, and other jurisdictions in which it is authorized to do business,
as of the date of this Agreement. Each Acquired Company is duly
organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of its
jurisdiction of organization and each Acquired Company is duly qualified to do
business as a foreign corporation in every jurisdiction in which the nature of
its business or the location of its properties requires such
qualification. Each Acquired Company has the requisite corporate
power (or other organizational powers required) and authority to conduct its
business as it is now being conducted and to own, lease or use the properties
and assets that it purports to own, lease or use.
(c) Seller
has made available to Buyer copies of the Organizational Documents of each
Acquired Company, as currently in effect.
2.2 Authority; No
Conflict.
(a) This
Agreement constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation of Seller,
enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms, subject, as to
enforcement, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
similar laws now or hereinafter in effect affecting creditors’ rights generally
and general principles of equity. Upon the execution and delivery by
Seller of each Ancillary Agreement to be executed or delivered by Seller at the
Closing, each such Ancillary Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and
binding obligation of Seller enforceable against Seller in accordance with its
terms, subject, as to enforcement, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or similar laws now or hereinafter in effect
affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of
equity. Seller has all the necessary corporate power and authority to
execute and deliver this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and to perform
its obligations hereunder and thereunder and the transactions contemplated
hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all requisite action on the part
of Seller.
(b) Neither
the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor any of the Ancillary
Agreements, by Seller nor the consummation or performance of any of the
transactions contemplated herein, or therein, by Seller or any Acquired Company
will, directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of
time):
(i) conflict
with, or result in a violation of, (A) any provision of the Organizational
Documents of Seller or any Acquired Company, or (B) any resolution adopted by
the board of directors or the stockholders of Seller or any Acquired
Company;
(ii) materially
conflict with, or result in a material violation of, any Legal Requirement or
any Order to which Seller or any Acquired Company may be subject or give any
Governmental Body the right to challenge any of the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements or to exercise any remedy,
obtain any relief under or revoke or otherwise modify any rights held
under any such Legal Requirement;
(iii) conflict
with, or result in a material violation of, any of the terms or requirements of,
or give any Governmental Body the right to revoke, withdraw, suspend, cancel,
terminate, or modify, any Governmental Authorization that is held by any
Acquired Company or that otherwise relates to the Business, or any of the assets
owned, leased or used by any Acquired Company;
(iv) conflict
with, constitute a default under or breach of, or give rise to a right of
termination, cancellation, prepayment or acceleration of an obligation of, or to
a loss of any benefits by any Emcore Company under, any Material Contract;
or
(v) except as
contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, result in the creation
or imposition of any Encumbrance upon the assets or
equity of any Acquired Company.
(c) Neither
Seller nor any Acquired Company is required to give any notice to or obtain any
Consent from any Person in connection with the execution and delivery of this
Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements or the consummation or performance
of any of the transactions contemplated herein or therein.
(d) Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the representations and warranties in Sections 2.2(b) and (c)
above do not extend to (i) changes to or new Organizational Documents,
resolutions, Legal Requirements, Orders, terms or requirements of any
Governmental Body, Governmental Authorization, Material Contract or Encumbrance
or other requirements that are adopted, approved, issued, entered into or
otherwise to take effect after the Closing or (ii) any Legal Requirements,
Orders, Governmental Authorization, terms or requirements of or by any Buyer
Governmental Body.
2.3 Capitalization
. Details
of the authorized and outstanding equity securities of each Acquired Company, as
of the date of this Agreement, are set forth in Section 2.3 of the
Seller’s Schedule. Seller is, and on the Closing Date will be,
the record and beneficial owner and holder of all of the Shares free and clear
of all Encumbrances. Upon the transfer and delivery of the Shares to
Buyer in accordance with this Agreement and payment therefor, Buyer will become
the record and beneficial owner and holder of the Shares free and clear of all
Encumbrances. On the Closing Date, all of the outstanding equity
securities and other securities of each Acquired Company, other than the
Company, will be owned of record and beneficially by one or more of the Acquired
Companies, free and clear of all Encumbrances. All of the outstanding
equity securities of each Acquired Company have been duly authorized and validly
issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and were not issued in
violation of any Legal Requirement, right of first refusal, purchase option,
call option, subscription right, pre-emptive right or any similar
right. No Acquired Company owns any equity securities or other
securities of any Person (other than Acquired Companies) or any direct or
indirect equity or ownership interest in any other business. Except
as set forth in this Agreement or as may be set forth in the Ancillary
Agreements, there are no Contracts relating to the issuance, sale or transfer or
any securities of any Acquired Company, including (but not limited to) any
outstanding subscriptions, warrants, options, purchase rights, convertible
securities, calls, agreements, arrangements or commitments of any character
relating to, or entitling any Person to purchase or otherwise acquire, the
Shares or other securities or equity interests of the Acquired
Companies. There are no outstanding or authorized equity
appreciation, phantom stock, profit participation or similar rights with respect
to the Acquired Companies. Except as may be set forth in the
Ancillary Agreements, there are no voting trusts, stockholder agreements,
proxies or other agreements or understanding in effect with respect to the
voting or transfer of any of the Shares or other securities or equity interests
of the Acquired Companies. There are no bonds, debentures, notes or
other forms of indebtedness of any Acquired Company having the right to vote (or
that are convertible into, or exchangeable for Shares or any other securities or
equity interests of the Acquired Companies having the right to vote) on any
matters on which holders of Shares or other securities or equity interests of
the Acquired Companies may vote or whose holders’ consent is required in
connection with this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements.
2.4 Financial
Statements.
(a) Seller
has provided to Buyer (i) a pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the
Business as of June 30, 2009 (the “June Pro Forma Balance Sheet”) and the
related pro forma consolidated statements of income and cash flows of
the Business for the nine months ended June 30, 2009 (together with the
June Pro Forma Balance Sheet the “June Pro Forma Financial Statements”), and
(ii) a pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Business as of December
31, 2009 (the “December Pro Forma Balance Sheet”), and the related pro
forma consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the six months ended
December 31, 2009 (together with the December Pro Forma Balance Sheet, the
“December Pro Forma Financial Statements”). The June Pro Forma
Financial Statements and the December Pro Forma Financial
Statements are referred to collectively as the “Pro Forma Financial
Statements.”
(b) The Pro
Forma Financial Statements have been derived from the books and records of
Seller and have not been separately audited. The Pro Forma Financial
Statements (i) properly include adjustments for instances where adjustments were
material in respect of the Business but were not material for Seller’s financial
statements, (ii) were prepared in accordance with the books of account and other
financial records of Seller and can be legitimately reconciled with the books
and records of Seller, and (iii) present fairly and accurately in all material
respects the financial condition of the Business, the results of operations of
the Business and the cash flows of the Business as of the date indicated or for
the period indicated, as applicable; provided, that the Pro Forma
Financial Statements (i) do not contain financial statement footnotes necessary
to comply with GAAP, (ii) reflect to the extent possible the assets,
liabilities, revenues and expenses that would have resulted if the Business had
operated as an unaffiliated independent company, (iii) include estimations for
allocation of various assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses on a
reasonable basis and (iv) have not been audited by any independent certified
public accountants or auditors.
(c) Seller’s
system of internal controls over the Business’ financial reporting is
sufficient, in all material respects, to provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in conformity with GAAP.
2.5 Books and
Records.
The
accounting books and records, minute books and stock record books of the
Acquired Companies, and the accounting books and records of any other Emcore
Companies in so far as they relate to the Business, copies of which have been
made available to Buyer, are true, complete and correct in all material
respects. The minute books of the Acquired Companies contain
materially accurate and complete records of all meetings held of, and corporate
action taken by, the equity holders, the boards of directors, and committees of
the boards of directors of the Acquired Companies, and comprise all corporate
records and minutes required to be kept by the Acquired Companies. At
the Closing, all such books and records will be in the possession of the
Acquired Companies.
2.6 Title to Properties;
Encumbrances.
(a) The
Acquired Companies do not own any real property. Section 2.6 of the Seller’s
Schedule contains a list, as of the date of this Agreement, of all real
estate leasehold interests owned by any Emcore Company and used in the Business
(“Leased Real Properties”). As of the date of this Agreement, all
leases or subleases of the Emcore Companies used in the Business are, and as of
the Closing all leases or subleases of the Emcore Companies will be, in full
force and effect, valid and effective in accordance with their respective terms
and enforceable against the respective lessors thereto, subject, as to
enforcement, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
similar laws now or hereafter in effect affecting creditors’ rights generally
and general principles of equity, and there is not, under any of such lease or
sublease, any existing default or event of default (or event which with notice
or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) by the Emcore Companies
or, to the Knowledge of Seller, by the other party to such lease or
sublease. There are no subleases, licenses, concessions, or other
agreements, written or oral, granting any Person, other than another Emcore
Company, the right of use or occupancy of all or any portion of any Leased Real
Properties. All leases and subleases of Leased Real Properties are
currently in material compliance with all Legal Requirements and the Leased Real
Properties currently conform in all material respects with all covenants,
conditions, restrictions, reservations, land use, zoning, health, fire, water
and building codes and any applicable Legal Requirements. Copies of
such leases and subleases have been delivered, or made available, to
Buyer.
(b) As of the
date of this Agreement, the Emcore Companies own, and, except for cash and cash
equivalents, as of the Closing the Acquired Companies will own, all the
properties and assets (whether real, personal, or mixed and whether tangible or
intangible, including but not limited to such assets as listed in the Fixed
Assets List) of the Business reflected as owned in the books and records of the
Emcore Companies, including all of the properties and assets reflected in the
December Pro Forma Balance Sheet (except for assets held under
capitalized leases and personal property sold since the Pro Forma Balance Sheet
Date in the Ordinary Course of Business), and all of the properties and assets
of the Business purchased or otherwise acquired by the Emcore Companies since
the Pro Forma Balance Sheet Date (except for personal property acquired and sold
since the Pro Forma Balance Sheet Date in the Ordinary Course of
Business). All properties and assets reflected in the
December Pro Forma Balance Sheet are free and clear of all
Encumbrances except for (i) those relating to Taxes not yet delinquent, (ii)
those that do not materially detract from the value of the property subject
thereto or interfere in any material respect with the Emcore Companies’ ability
to conduct the Business as currently conducted or to occupy and utilize such
properties for their intended purposes and (iii) those listed in Section 2.6 of the Seller’s
Schedule (“Permitted Encumbrances”).
2.7 Sufficiency of
Assets
. All
assets (including, without limitation, Leased Real Properties, buildings,
plants, leasehold improvements, structures, facilities, equipment, mechanical
assets, computer systems, offices, other items of tangible property and software
owned, leased or used, including but not limited to such assets as listed in the
Fixed Assets List) used in the Business are (as applicable) structurally sound,
in good operating condition and repair, free from material defect (subject to
normal wear and tear given the use and age of such assets), have been maintained
in all material respects in accordance with generally accepted industry
practice, are useable in the Ordinary Course of Business and conform in all
material respects to Legal Requirements and Permits relating to their
construction, use and operation. The rights, properties and tangible
and intangible assets of the Acquired Companies (including but not limited to
such assets as listed in the Fixed Assets List) and the facilities and services
to which the Acquired Companies have or will have a contractual right, and the
rights of Buyer and its respective Affiliates (including the Acquired Companies)
pursuant to this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements will, include all
rights, properties, assets, facilities and services that are necessary for Buyer
and their Affiliates (including the Acquired Companies) to carry on the Business
immediately after the Closing in the places and substantially in the manner as
conducted as at the date of this Agreement and as the Business was carried on in
the twelve (12) months prior to the date of this Agreement.
2.8 Accounts
Receivable
. All
accounts receivable of the Emcore Companies arising from the Business that are
reflected on the December Pro Forma Balance Sheet (collectively, the
“Accounts Receivable”) represent valid obligations arising from sales actually
made or services actually performed in the Ordinary Course of
Business. There is no contest, claim or right of set-off, other than
returns in the Ordinary Course of Business, under any Contract with any obligor
of an Accounts Receivable relating to the amount or validity of such Accounts
Receivable. The Accounts Receivable have been recorded in accordance
with GAAP and in a manner consistent with historical practice. Seller
has made available to Buyer a complete and accurate list of all Accounts
Receivable as of the Pro Forma Balance Sheet Date, which list sets forth the
aging of such Accounts Receivable.
2.9 Inventory
. All
Inventory with respect to the Business, whether reflected on the
December Pro Forma Balance Sheet or subsequently acquired, consists,
and as of the Closing Date all Inventory of the Acquired Companies will consist,
of a quality and quantity usable and salable in the Ordinary Course of Business,
except for excess and obsolete items and items of below-standard quality, all of
which have been written off or written down (through general reserves or
otherwise) to net realizable value in the December Pro Forma Balance
Sheet or on the accounting records of the Acquired Companies as of the Closing
Date, as the case may be. All Inventory of the Acquired
Companies is
properly reflected
on the books and records of the Acquired Companies, and to the extent not
written off, is recorded at the lesser of cost and fair market value, on a
standard cost basis, as of the Closing Date
on a consistent basis in accordance with GAAP. The quantities of each
item of Inventory (whether raw materials, work in process, or finished goods)
are sufficient for the normal operation of the Business in accordance with past
practice.
2.10 No Undisclosed
Liabilities.
(a) The
Acquired Companies have no liabilities or obligations of any nature (whether
known or unknown and whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise)
required to be reflected as liabilities on the financial statements in
accordance with GAAP except for (i) liabilities or obligations reflected or
reserved against in the December Pro Forma
Financial Statements and (ii) current liabilities incurred in the Ordinary
Course of Business since the Pro Forma Balance Sheet Date and not in violation
of this Agreement. Since the Pro Forma Balance Sheet Date, none of
the Acquired Companies has experienced any loss or liability contingencies (as
such term is used in Accounting Standards Codification 450 issued by the
Financial Accounting Standards Board).
2.11 Taxes.
(a) All Tax
Returns required to be filed by or on behalf of the Acquired Companies, either
separately or as a member of a group of corporations, on or before the date
hereof are true, correct and complete. All such Tax Returns were duly
and timely filed (taking into account any extension of time to file granted or
obtained) and all Taxes (including, Taxes withheld from employees’ salaries and
all other withholding Taxes and obligations and deposits required to be made by
or with respect to the Acquired Companies) due have been timely paid, or to the
extent not due and payable as of the date hereof, adequate provision for the
payment thereof has been made. The charges, accruals, and reserves
with respect to Taxes on the books, records and financial statements of the
Acquired Companies, in the aggregate, are adequate (determined in accordance
with GAAP) and are at least equal to the Acquired Companies’ liability for Taxes
for all fiscal periods through the Closing Date.
(b) No audit
or other examination of any Tax Return of any of the Acquired Companies or any
Tax group of which an Acquired Company is a member is presently in progress, nor
have any of the Acquired Companies or any Tax group of which an Acquired Company
is a member been notified of any request for such an audit or other
examination.
(c) None of
the Shares or the assets of the Business is subject to any lien
relating to or attributable to Taxes. To the Knowledge of Seller, no
claim has been asserted relating to or attributable to Taxes, which, if
adversely determined, would result in any lien on the Shares or the assets of
the Business.
(d) Neither
Seller nor any of the Acquired Companies have received any notice of a proposed
assessment of Taxes with respect to the Business or an Acquired Company, or
executed any waiver of any statute of limitations on or extending the period
for, the assessment or collection of any Tax with respect to the Business which
is still in effect.
(e) There are
no actions, suits, proceedings or claims now pending by or against any of the
Emcore Companies in respect of any Taxes or assessments with respect to the
Business.
(f) No claim
has been made by an authority in a jurisdiction where an Acquired Company does
not file Tax Returns that the Acquired Company is or may be subject to taxation
by that jurisdiction.
(g) None of
the Acquired Companies is party to, bound by, or has any obligations under any
tax sharing or allocation agreements, tax indemnification agreement or similar
contract or arrangement, whether written or unwritten.
(h) None of
the Acquired Companies has been a member of an affiliated group of corporations
within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Code (or any similar provision of
state, local or foreign law), other than an affiliated group of which Seller is
the common parent.
(i) None of
the Acquired Companies has an interest in or is subject to any joint venture,
partnership, or other arrangement or contract which is treated as a partnership
for U.S. federal income Tax purposes. None of the Acquired Companies
is a successor to any other Person by way of merger, reorganization or similar
transaction.
(j) No
Acquired Company is a party to an arrangement under which it has paid or could
be required to pay any excess parachute payment or any other amount that might
not be fully deductible under Sections 162(m) or 280G of the Code (or similar
provisions of an analogous state, local or foreign law).
(k) No
Acquired Company and no other member of a Tax group to which an Acquired Company
is a member has engaged or agreed to engage in a reportable transaction within
the meaning of Section 6707A of the Code that could affect its Tax liability for
any taxable period as to which the period for audit and assessment has not
expired.
(l) The
Seller is not a foreign person within the meaning of Section 1445 of the
Code.
2.12 Employee
Benefits.
(a) Section 2.12 of the Seller’s
Schedule contains a list, as of the date of this Agreement, of all plans,
agreements, arrangements or commitments (whether provided by insurance,
self-insurance or otherwise) that are (i) employment, consulting or deferred
compensation agreements, (ii) executive compensation, incentive, equity
compensation, bonus, employee pension, profit-sharing, savings, retirement,
stock option, stock purchase, or severance pay plans, (iii) welfare, life
insurance, health, dental, vision, cafeteria benefit, dependent care,
post-retirement benefit, worker’s compensation, unemployment benefit, disability
or accident plans, (iv) holiday, vacation, leave of absence, or other bonus
practice, (v) fringe benefits, expense reimbursement, automobile or other
transportation allowance or (vi) any other employee benefit plans, agreements,
arrangements or commitments, including, without limitation, any “employee
benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, (collectively, “Plans”)
currently sponsored, maintained, or contributed to by the Emcore Companies or
any of their ERISA Affiliates with respect to current or former employees or
consultants of the Business. Section 2.12 of the Seller’s
Schedule also contains a list, as of the date of this Agreement, of all
Plans sponsored, maintained, or contributed to by any Acquired Company, or with
respect to which any Acquired Company has or may have any Liability, other than
pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, (collectively (together with the
Plans to be established pursuant to Section 4.2), the “Acquired Company
Plans”).
(b) No
Acquired Company Plan was in effect prior to the Restructuring. No
Acquired Company Plan has received assets or Liabilities from any
Plan. No Acquired Company Plan nor any trust created thereunder, now
holds or has heretofore held as assets any stock or securities issued by Seller,
any ERISA Affiliate or any Acquired Company. No Acquired Company Plan
provides benefits that are materially different from those provided to current
employees of the Business under any Plan.
(c) None of
Seller, any Acquired Company nor any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has
ever sponsored, maintained, contributed to or been required to contribute to (i)
an “employee pension benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA)
that is subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code, (ii) a
“multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Sections 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of
ERISA), (iii) any “multiple employer welfare arrangement” (within the meaning of
Section 3(40) of ERISA), or (iv) a multiple employer plan for which the Company
would reasonably be expected to incur liability under Sections 4063 or 4064 of
ERISA.
(d) Seller
has made available to Buyer true, complete and correct copies of all documents
and summary plan descriptions of the Acquired Company Plans or summary
descriptions of any such Acquired Company Plan not otherwise in
writing. Seller has made available to Buyer true, complete and
correct copies of the most recent determination letters and opinion letters and
the Forms 5500 filed in the most recent three plan years with respect to each
Section 401(k) Acquired Company Plan, including all schedules thereto and
financial statements with attached opinions of independent
accountants. Seller has made available to Buyer summaries of material
modifications and material communications distributed within the last year to
the participants of each Section 401(K) Acquired Company
Plan. Seller has made available to Buyer all communications received
from, or sent to, the Internal Revenue Service, Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation, the United States Department of Labor or any other Governmental
Body within the last three years and any Forms 5330 required to be filed,
whether related to an Acquired Company Plan or otherwise. The Seller,
the Acquired Companies and their respective ERISA Affiliates, as applicable,
have maintained all employee data necessary to administer each Acquired Company
Plan, including all data required to be maintained under Sections 107 and 209 of
ERISA, and such data are true, complete and correct and are maintained in usable
form.
(e) Each of
the Acquired Companies has performed all obligations required to be performed by
it under, is not in default under or in violation of, and, to the Knowledge of
Seller, no default or violation by any other party has occurred with respect to,
any of the Acquired Company Plans. No breach of fiduciary duty has
occurred, nor have the Acquired Companies or any “fiduciary” (as such term is
defined in Section 3(21) of ERISA) with respect to the Acquired Company Plans
has engaged in any conduct, that would result in the assessment of any excise
Tax, Liability or penalty under the Code, including, without limitation Code
Sections 4971 through 4980G, or under Title I of ERISA, including, without
limitation, ERISA Sections 502(i) and 502(l).
(f) None of
the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby will (i) result in any current or former
employee, director or consultant of the Acquired Companies becoming entitled to
any deferred compensation, bonus or severance pay, materially increase or
otherwise enhance any benefits otherwise payable by the Acquired Companies, (ii)
result in the acceleration of time of payment or vesting, or an increase in the
amount of any compensation due to any current or former employee, director or
consultant of the Acquired Companies, (iii) result in forgiveness in whole or in
part of any outstanding loans made by the Acquired Companies to any of their
current or former employees, directors or consultants or (iv) result in a
payment by an Acquired Company that would be considered an “excess parachute
payment” or any other amount that might not be fully deductible under Section
280G of the Code or subject to the excise Tax under Section 4999 of the Code (or
similar provisions of state, local or foreign law).
(g) All
contributions and other payments required to be made by any of the Acquired
Companies to or under any Acquired Company Plan (or to any Person pursuant to
the terms thereof) have been made when due, or, if not yet due, the amount of
such payment or contribution obligation has been reflected on the books, records
and financial statements of the Acquired Companies. In addition, with
respect to each Acquired Company Plan intended to include an arrangement
described in Section 401(k) of the Code, the Acquired Companies have at all
times made timely deposits of employee salary deferral contributions and
participant loan repayments, as determined pursuant to regulations issued by the
United States Department of Labor.
(h) Each of
the Acquired Company Plans intended to be “qualified” within the meaning of
Section 401(a) of the Code has either (i) received a favorable determination
letter issued by the IRS as to its qualified status or (ii) has been established
under a standardized master and prototype or volume submitter plan for which a
favorable advisory letter or opinion letter issued by the IRS has been obtained
by the plan sponsor and is valid as to the adopting employer, and each trust
established in connection with any Acquired Company Plan which is intended to be
exempt from federal income taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code is so
exempt, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no events have occurred since the
issuance of such letter that would be reasonably expected to adversely affect
the tax-qualified status of such Acquired Company Plan or the exempt status of
such trust.
(i) Each
Acquired Company Plan has at all times been maintained, administered, and
operated in compliance with its terms, and all applicable Legal Requirements,
including, without limitation, ERISA and the Code. The Acquired
Companies are in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements, including,
without limitation, ERISA and the Code. With respect to the Acquired
Company Plans, all Tax, annual reporting and other governmental filings required
by ERISA and the Code have been timely filed with the appropriate Governmental
Body (which were true, correct and complete as of the date filed) and all
notices and disclosures have been timely provided to Acquired Company Plan
participants. All fees, interest, penalties and assessments that are
payable by or for the Acquired Companies have been timely reported, fully paid
and discharged.
(j) None of
the Acquired Company Plans that are “welfare plans” within the meaning of
Section 3(1) of ERISA provides for any post-employment or retiree benefits,
including but not limited to medical, disability or life insurance, other than
continuation coverage required to be provided under Section 4980B of the Code,
Part 6 of Title I of ERISA, or applicable state law. No Acquired
Company Plan is, or is funded through, a voluntary employee benefit association
under Section 501(a)(9) of the Code. The Acquired Companies are in
compliance with (i) the requirements of the applicable health care continuation
and notice provisions of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of
1985, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder and any similar
state law, and (ii) the applicable requirements of the Health Insurance
Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended, and the regulations
promulgated thereunder.
(k) Other
than benefit claims under the Acquired Company Plans in the Ordinary Course of
Business, there are no actions, suits, investigations, audits, proceedings or
litigation of any kind pending against, involving or, to the Knowledge of
Seller, Threatened against, any Acquired Company Plan, the Acquired Companies by
an Acquired Company Plan participant (or beneficiary thereof) or by any
Governmental Body with respect to an Acquired Company Plan.
(l) Each
“nonqualified deferred compensation plan” (as defined in section 409A(d)(1) of
the Code) with respect to which any Acquired Company is a “service recipient”
(within the meaning of section 409A of the Code) has been operated since January
1, 2005, in compliance with the applicable provisions of section 409A of the
Code and the treasury regulations and other official guidance issued thereunder
(or similar provision of state law) (collectively, “Section 409A”), and has been
since January 1, 2009, in documentary compliance with the applicable provisions
of Section 409A; and none of the Acquired Companies has been required to report
any Taxes due as a result of a failure to comply with Section
409A. None of the Acquired Companies has any indemnity obligation for
any Taxes or interest imposed or accelerated under Section 409A.
(m) With
respect to each employee benefit plan, program, or other arrangement providing
compensation or benefits to any employee or former employee of any of the
Acquired Companies (or any dependent thereof) which is subject to the laws of
any jurisdiction outside of the United States (the “Foreign Plans”): (i) such
Foreign Plan has been maintained in all material respects in accordance with all
applicable requirements and all Legal Requirements, (ii) if intended to qualify
for special tax treatment, such Foreign Plan meets all requirements for such
treatment, (iii) if intended or required to be funded and/or book-reserved, such
Foreign Plan is fully funded and/or book reserved, as appropriate, based upon
reasonable actuarial assumptions, and (iv) no material Liability exists or
reasonably could be imposed upon the assets of any of the Acquired Companies by
reason of such Foreign Plan.
2.13 Compliance with Legal
Requirements; Governmental Authorizations.
(a) Since
January 1, 2008, the Emcore Companies have conducted and currently are
conducting the Business in compliance in all material respects with all Legal
Requirements applicable to the Business.
(b) None of
the Emcore Companies has received, at any time since January 1, 2008, any notice
from any Governmental Body regarding any actual, alleged, possible, or potential
violation of, or failure to comply with, any Legal Requirement applicable to an
Acquired Company or the Business.
(c) Section 2.13(c) of the
Seller’s Schedule sets forth, as of the date of this Agreement, all
material certificates, franchises, licenses, permits, orders, authorizations,
registrations, declarations, filings, approvals and clearances of any
Governmental Body (collectively, the “Company Permits”) issued or granted to the
Emcore Companies to carry on the Business. None of such Company
Permits will be subject to suspension, modification, revocation or non-renewal
as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Ancillary
Agreements or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and
thereby. The Company Permits disclosed in Section 2.13(c) of the
Seller’s Schedule constitute all Company Permits required of each
Acquired Company to enable the Acquired Companies to own, lease, operate or
otherwise hold their properties and assets and in order to carry on the Business
as it is being conducted as of the date of this Agreement and as it was carried
on in the twelve (12) months prior to the date of this Agreement.
2.14 Legal Proceedings;
Orders.
(a) There is
no pending Proceeding:
(i) that has
been commenced by or against any Acquired Company or that relates to any of the
assets owned, leased or used by any Emcore Company and relating to the Business;
or
(ii) that
challenges, or that may have the effect of preventing, delaying, making illegal,
or otherwise interfering with, any of the transactions contemplated herein or in
any of the Ancillary Agreements, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no such
Proceeding has been Threatened.
(b) There is
no Order to which any Emcore Company is party or subject to or in default of or
to which any of the assets owned, leased or used by any Emcore Company is
subject that would be material to the Business or, taken as a whole, the
Acquired Companies or would affect the legality, validity or enforceability of
this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no employee of
any Acquired Company is subject to any Order that prohibits such employee from
engaging in or continuing any conduct, activity, or practice relating to the
Business.
2.15 Absence of Certain Changes
and Events
. Since
the Pro Forma Balance Sheet Date, except as contemplated by this Agreement
(including the Restructuring Plan) or the Ancillary Agreements, (i) the Emcore
Companies have conducted the Business only in the Ordinary Course of Business
and (ii) there has not been any Company Material Adverse Effect.
(a) the
Seller has not, and none of the Acquired Companies have (i) issued, sold,
pledged, granted, transferred or otherwise disposed of (or authorized the
issuance, sale, pledge, grant transfer or other disposition) or (ii) created,
permitted, allowed or suffered to exist any Encumbrance in respect of, any
notes, bonds or other debt securities of an Acquired Company, any equity
securities of an Acquired Company or any other securities exchangeable for,
convertible into or exercisable for any equity securities (or derivative
securities thereof) of an Acquired Company;
(b) none of
the Acquired Companies has acquired (including by merger, consolidation or
acquisition of stock or assets) any interest in any corporation, partnership,
other business organization or Person or any division thereof;
(c) none of
the Acquired Companies has incurred or assumed any liabilities, obligations or
indebtedness for borrowed money (including any amounts owed to Seller or any
other Emcore Companies), except in the Ordinary Course of Business or guaranteed
any such liabilities, obligations or indebtedness, or issued any other debt
securities;
(d) none of
the Emcore Companies has sold (other than sales of Inventory in the Ordinary
Course of Business), transferred, leased, licensed or otherwise disposed of any
material asset or any real or material personal property of the Business or
mortgaged, pledged or imposed any Encumbrance on any material asset or any real
or material personal property of the Business, tangible or intangible, including
the sale, transfer, lease, license or other disposition of any of the
Intellectual Property Assets (other than in the Ordinary Course of
Business);
(e) none of
the Emcore Companies has cancelled, paid, discharged, compromised, waived, or
released any debt, liability, claim or obligation (whether absolute, accrued,
asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise) of the Business, except for
debts, liabilities, claims or obligations cancelled, paid, discharged,
compromised, waived or released with creditors, customers, contractors or
subcontractors of the Business in the Ordinary Course of Business;
(f) none of
the Emcore Companies has suffered any damage to or destruction or loss of any
material asset or property of the Business;
(g) none of
the Emcore Companies has intentionally waived, cancelled or released any
material right, claim or amount receivable of the Business except for rights
waived in the Ordinary Course of Business;
(h) none of
the Emcore Companies has made any material change in its accounting principles,
methods, practices, procedures or policies, including revenue recognition
procedures, with respect to the Business;
(i) none of
the Emcore Companies has made any capital expenditures with respect to the
Business that are, in the aggregate, in excess of $250,000;
(j) none of
the Acquired Companies has assumed, guaranteed or endorsed, or otherwise as an
accommodation become responsible for, any obligations or liabilities of any
Person, or otherwise made any loans or advances in connection with the
Business;
(k) none of
the Emcore Companies has entered into, terminated, or received notice of
termination of, any Contract or transaction with respect to the Business
involving a total remaining commitment by or to any Emcore Company of at least
$250,000, other than in the Ordinary Course of Business;
(l) none of
the Acquired Companies or any Tax group of which any such Acquired Company is a
member has made any material Tax election or settlement or compromise of any
material Tax Liability or refund by or affecting any Acquired Company or change
in any annual Tax accounting period or method of Tax accounting, filing of any
material amendment to a Tax Return, entry into any closing agreement relating to
any material Tax, surrender of any right to claim a material Tax refund, or
consent to any extension or waiver of the statute of limitations period
applicable to any material Tax claim or assessment;
(m) none of
the Emcore Companies has accelerated, terminated, modified or cancelled any
Contract (or series of related Contracts) of the Business to which any of the
Emcore Companies is a party or by which any of them is bound outside the
Ordinary Course of Business;
(n) none of
the Acquired Companies has made any capital investment in, any loan to, or any
acquisition of the securities or assets of, any other Person (or series of
related capital investments, loans, and acquisitions) either involving more than
$250,000 or outside the Ordinary Course of Business;
(o) none of
the Emcore Companies has granted any license or sublicense of any rights under
or with respect to any Intellectual Property Assets outside the Ordinary Course
of Business;
(p) none of
the Acquired Companies has amended or otherwise modified the Organizational
Documents of any Acquired Company;
(q) none of
the Acquired Companies has declared, set aside or paid any dividend or
distribution payable in cash, stock, property or otherwise to any stockholder or
member of the Acquired Companies with respect to its equity or debt
securities;
(r) none of
the Acquired Companies has reclassified, combined, split, subdivided or
otherwise amended the terms of, or purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired,
directly or indirectly, any of its equity or debt securities (or securities
convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for equity or debt securities)
or issued or redeemed any warrants, options or other rights of any kind to
acquire its equity securities;
(s) none of
the Acquired Companies has made any loan to, or entered into any other
transaction with, any of its directors, officers, and employees outside the
Ordinary Course of Business;
(t) none of
the Emcore Companies has entered into, modified, amended, terminated, permitted
the lapse of or renewed any lease or reciprocal easement agreement, operating
agreement or other material agreement relating to, real property of the
Business;
(u) with
respect to the Business, none of the Emcore Companies has entered into, adopted,
extended, renewed or amended any collective bargaining agreement or other
Contract with any labor organization, union or association, except in each case
as required by Legal Requirements;
(v) with
respect to the Business, other than in the Ordinary Course of Business, none of
the Emcore Companies has (i) granted or announced any increase in or
acceleration of the compensation, bonus or benefits, or otherwise increased the
compensation, bonus or benefits payable, or to become payable, to any employee,
director, officer, manager, or consultant of, any Emcore Company, (ii) granted
any rights to retention, severance or termination pay to, or entered into any
new (or amended any existing) employment, consulting, retention, severance or
other Contract with, any such employee, director, officer, agent or consultant,
in each case except as may be required by Legal Requirements or (iii) adopted or
established any new employee benefit plans for employees, or taken any action to
accelerate the vesting, payment or funding of compensation or benefits under any
Plan, to the extent not already provided in any such Plan; and
(w) none of
the Emcore Companies has entered into any Contract to do any of the
foregoing.
2.16 Contracts; No
Defaults.
(a) The
following Contracts shall be deemed to be “Material Contracts”: any Contract
with respect to the Business to which any Emcore Company is a party or by which
any Emcore Company is bound that:
(i) involves
performance of services or delivery of goods or materials by one or more Emcore
Company of an amount or value in excess of $250,000 in the
aggregate;
(ii) involves
performance of services for or delivery of goods or materials to one or more
Emcore Company of an amount or value in excess of $250,000 in the
aggregate;
(iii) was not
entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business and that involves expenditures
or receipts of one or more Emcore Companies in excess of $250,000 in the
aggregate;
(iv) is a
lease, rental or occupancy agreement, license, installment and conditional sale
agreement, or other Contract affecting the ownership of, leasing of, title to,
use of, or any leasehold or other interest in, any real or personal property
(except personal property leases and installment and conditional sales
agreements having a value per item or aggregate payments of less than $50,000
annually and with terms of less than one year);
(v) is a
licensing agreement or other Contract with respect to patents, trademarks,
copyrights or other intellectual property, other than (A) standard
non-disclosure agreements with employees and consultants and (B) non-exclusive
licenses to or with any Person entered into in the Ordinary Course of
Business;
(vi) is a
joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement, however named, involving a
sharing of profits, losses, costs or liabilities by any Emcore Company with any
other Person or any Contract relating to holding, voting or transferring any
capital stock or other equity interest by any Acquired Company (including any
stockholders’ agreement);
(vii) contains
covenants, including non-solicitation provisions, that purport to restrict the
business activity of any Acquired Company or limits the freedom of any Acquired
Company to engage in any line of business or to compete with any
Person;
(viii) requires
any Emcore Company to incur in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate for capital
expenditures;
(ix) is a
sales agency, marketing or distribution agreement of the Emcore Companies,
involving an amount in excess of $250,000 or provides for payments to or by any
Person based on sales, purchases or profits, other than direct payments for
goods;
(x) is a
power of attorney that is currently effective and outstanding;
(xi) is an
agreement by any Acquired Company to purchase any capital stock or other debt or
equity securities of any Person;
(xii) is an
agreement (or group of related agreements) under which any Acquired Company has
created, incurred or guaranteed any indebtedness, liabilities or obligations, or
issued any note, bond, debenture or similar instrument, for borrowed money, or
any capitalized lease obligation or under which it has imposed an Encumbrance on
any of its assets, tangible or intangible;
(xiii) is a
bonus, profit sharing, incentive, deferred compensation, severance or change in
control (exclusive of generally applicable severance policy) or other material
plan or arrangement for the benefit of any of the Acquired Companies’ managers,
directors, officers or employees;
(xiv) is a
collective bargaining agreement, or other Contract with any labor organization,
union or other similar association;
(xv) is an
employment agreement with an Emcore Company providing for payments to any Person
in excess of $100,000 annually;
(xvi) is a
Contract between or among any Acquired Company on the one hand, and any Seller
Affiliate (other than an Acquired Company) or any current or former officer,
director (or nominee for director) or employee of any Seller Affiliate (other
than an Acquired Company) on the other hand;
(xvii) is an
agreement under which the consequences of a default or termination would have a
material adverse effect on the Business;
(xviii) is a
hedging or factoring Contract related to currency exchange, interest rates,
commodity prices or similar Contract; or
(xix) is a
material amendment, supplement or modification (whether oral or written) of any
of the foregoing.
(b) Each
Material Contract is in full force and effect and is valid, binding and
enforceable by the applicable Emcore Company in accordance with its
terms.
(c) Each
Emcore Company is in material compliance with all applicable terms and
requirements of each Material Contract under which such Emcore Company has any
obligation or liability or by which such Emcore Company or any of the assets
owned, leased or used by such Emcore Company is bound.
(d) To the
Knowledge of Seller, each other Person that has any obligation or liability
under any Material Contract under which an Emcore Company has any rights is in
material compliance with all applicable terms and requirements of such Material
Contract.
(e) No Emcore
Company has given to or received from any other Person any notice regarding any
actual, alleged, possible, or potential material violation or breach of, or
material default under, any Material Contract or any intention to terminate any
Material Contract.
(f) Section 2.16 of the Seller’s
Schedule contains a list, as of the date of this Agreement, of all
Material Contracts, including the parties to such Material
Contracts. Seller has made available to Buyer true, complete and
correct copies (or in the case of oral agreements, a reasonably complete
summary) of all Material Contracts as of the date of this Agreement, together
with any amendments or waivers thereto.
2.17 Insurance
. Section 2.17 of the Seller’s
Disclosure sets forth a true, complete and correct list, as of the date
of this Agreement, of (a) all material fire and casualty, general liability,
life and workers’ compensation, business interruption, product liability, and
sprinkler and water damage insurance policies maintained by, or on behalf of,
the Emcore Companies that relate to the Business, and (b) if policies have been
issued to, but not received by, or on behalf of each of the Emcore Companies,
binders relating to such policies (the “Insurance Policies”). Seller
has provided Buyer with a list, as of the date of this Agreement, of each
outstanding claim under the Insurance Policies for an amount in excess of
$50,000. As of the date of this Agreement, all of such Insurance
Policies are legal, valid, binding and enforceable and in full force and effect
and none of the Emcore Companies is in breach or default with respect to its
obligations under such Insurance Policies (including with respect to payment of
premiums). To the Knowledge of Seller, there are no circumstances
that exist that would relieve the insurer of any obligation to provide coverage
under any of the Insurance Policies and no notice of cancellation has been
received with respect to any Insurance Policy which has not been replaced on
substantially similar terms prior to the date of such
cancellation. The Insurance Policies comprise all such insurance
policies in respect of the Business as the Emcore Companies are required to
maintain by Legal Requirements. All Insurance Policies are with
insurance companies reasonably believed by Seller to be financially sound and
reputable. The activities and operations of the Emcore Companies
relating to the Business have been conducted in a manner so as to conform in all
material respects to all applicable provisions of such Insurance
Policies.
2.18 Environmental
Matters.
(a) The
conduct of the Business is not in violation of any Environmental Law and any
past violations with respect to the Business have been resolved without any
ongoing or pending costs or obligations.
(b) The
Emcore Companies have obtained, and are in compliance with all, Environmental
Permits required for the Business and any past non-compliance related to the
Business has been resolved without any ongoing or pending costs or
obligations.
(c) There has
been no Release of any Hazardous Materials arising from or related to the
Business that require any Remedial Action pursuant to Environmental
Law.
(d) No Emcore
Company is conducting or funding any Remedial Action that arises from or in any
way is related to the Business.
(e) No Emcore
Company has received any written notice from any Governmental Body or other
Person of a Proceeding, nor to the Knowledge of Seller is any Proceeding
Threatened or pending against any Emcore Company, that relates to, or arises
from:
(i) the
Business being in violation, or alleged violation, of any Environmental Law;
or
(ii) any
Liability, or alleged Liability under, any Environmental Law.
(f) The
Emcore Companies’
operations at the Leased Real Properties in Alhambra, California and at real
property formerly leased or otherwise occupied in Alhambra,
California have not involved the use, storage, Release, or generation
of material or waste containing or comprised of chemicals that are (i) the
contaminants of concern at the San Gabriel Valley Area 3 Superfund Site (United
States Environmental Protection Agency ID No. CAD980818579, the “Superfund Site”), including, but not limited
to, Perchloroethene (“PCE”), Trichloroethene (“TCE”), cis 1,2-Dichloroethene and
other PCE and TCE degradation products, 1,1-Dichloroethene, carbon
tetrachloride, 1,2,3-Trichloropropane, other chlorinated volatile organic
compounds, 1,4-Dioxane, Perchlorate, and Nitrate, or (ii) the subject of any
outstanding, pending or Threatened Orders or Proceedings by any Governmental
Body or other Person relating to Remedial Action.
2.19 Employees.
(a) Section 2.19 of the Seller’s
Schedule contains a true, complete and correct list, as of the date of
this Agreement, of the names of each employee and independent contractor of the
Business who is paid in excess of $25,000 annually, together with
each such person’s date of hire, position or function, exempt or non-exempt,
furloughed or leave status, annual current rate of compensation, and any
entitlement to bonus, commission, severance or other additional
compensation. To the Knowledge of Seller, no employee of the Emcore
Companies is a party to, or is otherwise bound by, any agreement or arrangement,
including any confidentiality, noncompetition, or proprietary rights agreement,
between such employee and any other Person that in any way adversely affects or
will adversely affect (i) the performance of his or her duties as an employee of
the Acquired Companies or (ii) the ability of any Acquired Company to conduct
the Business.
(b) There is
no material dispute with respect to the Business pending or, to the Knowledge of
Seller, Threatened between any Emcore Company and any of its current or former
officers, directors, supervisory personnel or any employee or group of
employees.
2.20 Labor Relations;
Compliance
No
Acquired Company has been or is a party to any collective bargaining
agreement. There is not presently pending or existing, and to the
Knowledge of Seller there is not Threatened, with respect to any Acquired
Company or the Business (i) any strike, slowdown, picketing, or work stoppage,
(ii) any Proceeding against or affecting any Emcore Company relating to the
alleged violation of any Legal Requirement pertaining to labor relations or
employment matters, including any charge or complaint filed by an employee or
union with the National Labor Relations Board, the Equal Employment Opportunity
Commission, the Department of Labor, or any comparable Governmental Body,
organizational activity, or other labor or employment dispute against or
affecting any of the Emcore Companies or their premises, (iii) any application
for certification of a collective bargaining agent or (iv) any internal Seller
investigations or Governmental Body investigations relating to any alleged
violation of any Legal Requirements by Emcore Companies pertaining to labor
relations or employment matters. To the Knowledge of Seller, no event
has occurred or circumstance exists that could provide the basis for any work
stoppage or other labor dispute with respect to the Business. With
respect to the Business, there is no lock-out of any employees by any Emcore
Company and no such action is contemplated by any Emcore Company. The
Emcore Companies, with respect to the Business, have complied and are in
compliance in all material respects with their own employment policies and all
Legal Requirements relating to labor relations and employment matters, including
but not limited to, employment status (temporary, leased, independent contractor
or otherwise), equal employment opportunity, nondiscrimination, immigration,
wages, hours, benefits, leave, collective bargaining, withholding and payment of
employment taxes, including social security and similar taxes, occupational
safety and health, affirmative action, workers’ compensation, disability
insurance, unemployment insurance, plant closings, mass layoffs and other
terminations. No Emcore Company is, with respect to the Business,
subject to any Order for the payment of any material compensation, damages,
taxes, fines, penalties, or other amounts, however designated, or any other
Order, for the alleged failure to comply with any of the foregoing Legal
Requirements. With respect to labor relations and employment matters
of the Business, each Emcore Company is in compliance with all directives and
requests of any Governmental Body, whether in the form of an Order or
otherwise.
2.21 Intellectual
Property.
(a) Intellectual Property
Assets. The term “Intellectual Property Assets”
means:
(i) all
fictitious business names, trade names, logos, designs, emblems and product
names, registered and unregistered trademarks, service marks, domain names,
internet addresses, and applications therefor as may exist anywhere in the world
together with the associated goodwill, owned by or licensed to any Emcore
Company and used in the Business (collectively, “Marks”);
(ii) all
patents and patent applications as may exist anywhere in the world, owned by or
licensed to any Emcore Company and used in the Business (collectively,
“Patents”);
(iii) all
copyrights, including mask works, whether or not registered in both published
works and unpublished works as may exist anywhere in the world, owned by or
licensed to any Emcore Company and used in the Business (collectively,
“Copyrights”); and
(iv) all
know-how, trade secrets, confidential information, customer lists, software,
technical information, data, plans, drawings, and blue prints as may exist
anywhere in the world, owned by or licensed to any Emcore Company and used in
the Business (collectively, “Trade Secrets”).
(b) Agreements.
Section 2.21(b) of the
Seller’s Schedule contains a true, complete and correct list, as of the
date of this Agreement, of all Material Contracts relating to the Intellectual
Property Assets to which any Emcore Company is a party or by which any Emcore
Company is bound, except for any license implied by the sale of a product,
outbound licenses to any Intellectual Property Assets pursuant to any Emcore
Company’s standard form(s) of outbound license agreements, copies of which have
been provided to Buyer, and licenses for commonly available software programs
with a value of less than $50,000 or open source software programs under which
an Emcore Company is the licensee. There are no outstanding and, to
the Knowledge of Seller, no Threatened claims of material breach by any Emcore
Company with respect to any Material Contract set forth on Section 2.21(b) of the
Seller’s Schedule.
(c) Patents.
(i) Section 2.21(c) of the
Seller’s Schedule contains a true, complete and correct list, as of the
date of this Agreement, of all Patents, including the application or
registration number, title, jurisdiction in which the application was made or
from which registration issued, date of application and date of issuance (if
issued), and names of all current applicant(s) and registered owners(s) (as
applicable). One or more of the Emcore Companies is, and as of the
Closing one or more of the Acquired Companies will be, the owner of all right,
title, and interest in and to each of the Patents (other than Patents licensed
to an Emcore Company), free and clear of all Encumbrances and other adverse
claims.
(ii) All of
the issued Patents are currently in material compliance with formal Legal
Requirements, and are valid and subsisting and are not subject to any
maintenance fees or taxes or actions falling due within ninety days after the
date of this Agreement.
(iii) All
products made, used or sold under the Patents have been marked with proper
patent notice.
(iv) To the
Knowledge of Seller, no product of the Business infringes any third party patent
rights, except where such infringement would not have a material adverse effect
on the Business.
(v) No Patent
has been or is now involved in any interference, reissue, re-examination, or
opposition proceeding. To the Knowledge of Seller, there is no patent
or patent application of any third party interfering with any
Patent.
(d) Trademarks.
(i) Section 2.21(d) of the
Sellers’ Schedule contains a true, complete and correct list, as of the
date of this Agreement, including jurisdictions where applied for or registered
(if applicable), of all (A) registered Marks, (B) applications for registration
of Marks and (C) material unregistered Marks. One or more of the
Emcore Companies is, and as of the Closing one or more of the Acquired Companies
will be, the owner of all right, title, and interest in and to each of the
Marks, free and clear of all Encumbrances and other adverse claims.
(ii) No Mark
has been or is now involved in any opposition, invalidation or cancellation
proceedings.
(iii) To the
Knowledge of Seller, no Mark infringes any third party trademark rights, except
where such infringement would not have a material adverse effect on the
Business.
(iv) All
products, materials and services rendered under a Mark have been and are
properly marked in accordance with Legal Requirements.
(e) Copyrights.
(i) Section 2.21(e) of the
Sellers’ Schedule contains a true, complete and correct list, as of the
date of this Agreement, of all registered Copyrights, including jurisdictions
where registered. All registered Copyrights are currently in
compliance with all Legal Requirements, are valid and enforceable and are not
subject to any maintenance fees or taxes or actions falling due within ninety
days after the date of this Agreement. One or more of the Emcore
Companies is, and as of the Closing one or more of the Acquired Companies will
be, the owner of all right, title, and interest in and to each of the Copyrights
listed in Section
2.21(e) of the Seller’s Schedule and unregistered mask works which are
Copyrights, free and clear of all Encumbrances and other adverse
claims.
(ii) To the
Knowledge of Seller, no Copyright infringes any third party copyrights, except
where such infringement would not have a material adverse effect on the
Business.
(f) Trade
Secrets.
(i) The
Emcore Companies have taken all commercially reasonable precautions to protect
the secrecy, confidentiality, and value of their Trade Secrets. As of
the date of this Agreement, one or more of the Emcore Companies has, and as of
the Closing one or more of the Acquired Companies will have, good title to the
Trade Secrets (other than Trade Secrets licensed to Seller) and an absolute (but
not necessarily exclusive) right to use the Trade Secrets.
(ii) The Trade
Secrets are not part of the public domain, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, have
not been used, divulged, or appropriated to the detriment of the
Business.
(g) To the
Knowledge of Seller (i) the Business as currently conducted does not infringe or
otherwise violate any Person’s marks, patents, copyrights or trade secrets in
any manner that could materially and adversely affect the Business and the
Acquired Companies’ operation of the Business after the Closing in the same
manner as previously conducted by any Emcore Company, (ii) there is no claim
Threatened against any Emcore Company related to any infringement, violation or
misuse of any Person’s marks, patents, copyrights or trade secrets and (iii) no
Person is materially infringing or otherwise materially violating any
Intellectual Property Assets, and no such infringement claims are Threatened
against any Person by any Emcore Company.
(h) All
personnel, including employees, agents, consultants and contractors, who have
contributed to or participated in the conception, reduction to practice or
development of any Intellectual Property Asset, have so contributed or
participated either (i) in a “work for hire” arrangement or agreement with
Seller or an Emcore Company, in accordance with applicable Law, that by its
terms accords Seller or an Emcore Company full, effective, exclusive and
original ownership of, and all right, title and interest in and to, all tangible
and intangible property included in the Intellectual Property Assets; or (ii)
under appropriate instruments of assignment in favor of Seller or an Emcore
Company as assignee that by their terms convey to Seller or an Emcore Company
full, effective and exclusive ownership of all right, title and interest in and
to all tangible and intangible property included in the Intellectual Property
Assets.
2.22 Accounts; Safe Deposit
Boxes; Powers of Attorney and Directors and Officers
. Section 2.22 of the Seller
Schedule sets forth, as of the date of this Agreement, (a) a true and
correct list of all bank and savings accounts, certificates of deposit and safe
deposit boxes of each Acquired Company and those Persons authorized to sign
thereon, (b) true and correct copies of all corporate borrowing, depository and
transfer resolutions of each Acquired Company and those Persons entitled to act
thereunder, (c) a true and correct list of all powers of attorney granted by
each Acquired Company and those Persons authorized to act thereunder and (d) a
true and correct list of all officers and directors of each Acquired
Company.
2.23 Suppliers
. To
the Knowledge of Seller, since the Pro Forma Balance Sheet Date, no Emcore
Company has entered into any Contract with respect to the Business for the
purchase of goods or services other than in the Ordinary Course of
Business. Section 2.23 of the Seller’s
Schedule sets forth a list of the top twenty (20) (by total cost to the
Emcore Companies with respect to the Business) suppliers of goods and services
to the Business for each of the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 and
December 31, 2008. Since the Pro Forma Balance Sheet Date, no
supplier of goods and services named in Section 2.23 of the Seller’s
Schedule has terminated or has indicated the intention to terminate their
relationship with the Company.
2.24 Customers
. Section 2.24 of the Seller’s
Schedule sets forth a list of the top twenty (20) (by revenue to the
Emcore Companies) customers of the Business for each of the twelve months ended
December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008. Since the Pro Forma Balance
Sheet Date, no customer named in Section 2.24 of the Seller’s
Schedule has terminated or has indicated the intention to terminate their
relationship with the Company.
2.25 Certain
Payments
. No
Emcore Company nor, to the Knowledge of Seller, any director, officer, agent, or
employee of any Emcore Company or any Person acting for or on behalf of any
Emcore Company, has, with respect to the Business, directly or indirectly, (a)
made any contribution, gift, bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment or
kickback, or has made, authorized, offered or promised to make any other
payment, gift or transfer of anything of value to any Person, private or public,
regardless of form, whether in money, property, or services in violation of
Anti-Bribery Law or other Legal Requirement, or (b) established or maintained
any fund or asset, or made any payment or entered into any other transaction,
that has not been recorded appropriately and accurately in the books and records
of the Emcore Companies.
2.26 Disclosure
. No
representation or warranty of Seller contained in this Agreement or in any
Ancillary Agreement, and no statement contained in the Seller’s Schedule and the
Fixed Assets List, contains or will contain when delivered any material untrue
statement of fact, or to the knowledge of Seller, omits or will omit to state
when delivered any material fact necessary, in light of the circumstances under
which it was or will be made, in order to make the statements herein or therein
not misleading in all material respects.
2.27 Brokers or
Finders
. No
Emcore Company has incurred any obligation or liability, contingent or
otherwise, for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or other
similar payment in connection with this Agreement or any Ancillary
Agreement.
ARTICLE
III
REPRESENTATIONS
AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER
Buyer
represents and warrants to Seller as follows:
3.1 Organization and Good
Standing
. Buyer
is a limited liability company duly organized, validly
existing, and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of
organization.
3.2 Authority; No
Conflict.
(a) This
Agreement constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation of Buyer,
enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms subject, as to
enforcement, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
similar laws now or hereafter in effect affecting creditors’ rights generally
and general principles of equity. Upon the execution and delivery by
Buyer of each Ancillary Agreement (other than the CFD Loan Agreement) to be
executed or delivered by Buyer at Closing, each such Ancillary Agreement will
constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of Buyer, enforceable against
Buyer in accordance with its respective terms. Buyer has all
necessary corporate power and authority to
execute and deliver this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (other than the
CFD Loan Agreement) to be executed and delivered by Buyer at the Closing and to
perform its obligations under this Agreement and such Ancillary Agreements and
the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by
all requisite action on the part of Buyer.
(b) Neither
the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor any of the Ancillary
Agreements, by Buyer nor the consummation or performance of any of the
transactions contemplated herein, or therein, by Buyer will, directly or
indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time):
(i) conflict
with or result in a violation of (A) any provision of Buyer’s Organizational
Documents or (B) any resolution adopted by the board of directors or
stockholders of Buyer;
(ii) except
for the need to obtain PRC Approvals, conflict with, or result in a violation
of, any Legal Requirement or Order to which Buyer may be subject or give any
Governmental Body the right to challenge any of the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements or to exercise any remedy,
obtain any relief under or revoke or otherwise modify any rights held under any
such Legal Requirement; or
(iii) give any
Person the right to prevent, delay, or otherwise interfere with any of the
transactions contemplated herein or in any Ancillary Agreement pursuant to any
Contract to which Buyer is a party or by which Buyer may be bound.
(c) Other
than the PRC Approvals, Buyer is not and will not be required to give any notice
to or obtain any Consent from any Person in connection with the execution and
delivery of this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements or the
consummation or performance of any of the transactions contemplated herein or
therein.
3.3 Certain
Proceedings
. There
is no pending Proceeding that has been commenced against Buyer or that
challenges, or may have the effect of preventing, delaying, making illegal, or
otherwise interfering with, any of the transactions contemplated herein or in
any of the Ancillary Agreements. To the Knowledge of Buyer, no such
Proceeding has been Threatened.
3.4 Investment Intent; Ability
to Evaluate and Bear Risks
. Buyer
is acquiring the Shares for its own account and not with a view to their
distribution within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities
Act. Buyer is able to bear the economic risk of holding the Shares
for an indefinite period, and has knowledge and experience in financial and
business matters such that it is capable of evaluating the risks of the
investment in the Shares.
3.5 Brokers or
Finders
. Buyer
and its officers and agents have incurred no obligation or liability, contingent
or otherwise, for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or other
similar payment in connection with this Agreement or any Ancillary
Agreement.
3.6 Financing
. Buyer
will have on the Closing Date, funds in its possession in an amount sufficient
to enable it to (i) pay the Estimated Purchase Price and (ii) pay all fees and
expenses required to be paid by Buyer in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.
3.7 No Military
Affiliation. Buyer has no affiliation with nor is it controlled by the
military of the People’s Republic of China.
ARTICLE
IV
COVENANTS
OF SELLER PRIOR TO CLOSING DATE
4.1 Access and
Investigation
. Subject
to any Legal Requirement, between the date of this Agreement and the Closing
Date, Seller will, and will cause each of the other Emcore Companies and its
representatives to, (a) afford Buyer and its representatives and prospective
lenders and their representatives (collectively, “Buyer’s Advisors”) reasonable
access during normal business hours to each Emcore Company’s personnel,
properties, Contracts, books and records, Tax Returns (excluding Emcore’s
consolidated income Tax Returns) and other documents and
data relating to the Business, (b) furnish Buyer and Buyer’s Advisors with
copies of all such Contracts, books and records, and other existing documents
and data relating to the Business as Buyer may reasonably request and (c)
furnish Buyer and Buyer’s Advisors with such additional financial, operating,
and other data and information (including but not limited to monthly balance
sheet, profit and loss statement, back-log and cash flow statement) as Buyer may
reasonably request, in each case, so long as such actions (1) do not materially
interfere with the business of the Emcore Companies and (2) would not violate
any Legal Requirement.
4.2 Operation of the
Business
. Except
as otherwise provided or contemplated by this Agreement (including the
Restructuring Plan) or the Ancillary Agreements or required by any applicable
Legal Requirement, between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date,
Seller will, and will cause each of the other Emcore Companies to:
(a) conduct
the Business in the Ordinary Course of Business;
(b) separately
account for all cash and cash equivalents generated by the Business, inventory,
accounts payables and accounts receivables, and all other assets and liabilities
(including all movements thereof) and all cash and cash equivalents generated by
the Business shall be applied to discharge accounts payables and liabilities of
the Business arising in the Ordinary Course of Business consistent with the
usual and customary conduct of the Business.
(c) maintain
a level and quality of Inventory and supplies, raw materials and spare parts
that is sufficient for the normal operation of the Business in accordance with
past practice;
(d) use
commercially reasonable efforts to (i) maintain the relations and goodwill with
suppliers, customers, landlords, creditors, employees, agents, and others having
business relationships with the Emcore Companies relating to the Business so
that the Business shall be unimpaired in every material respect at Closing (ii)
maintain the facilities and assets owned, leased or used in connection with the
Business in the same state of repair, order and condition as they are on the
date of this Agreement (except for reasonable wear and tear) and (iii) complete
the Restructuring;
(e) send a
letter to LSI Corporation confirming their statement made on a conference call
dated 1 February 2010 that, as between LSI Corporation and Seller, the
environmental condition at the Alhambra, CA facility and the Superfund Site is
the responsibility of LSI Corporation, and that LSI Corporation will indemnify
Seller against such liability as provided under the transaction documents
between Seller and Agere Systems, Inc.;
(f) use
reasonable commercial efforts to renegotiated the master leases for the
Alhambra, CA facility to clarify the environmental conditions on the site and
the associated liabilities which pre-date Seller’s occupancy of the site,
provided that Seller shall not be obligated to incur substantial direct or
indirect costs associated with renegotiation of such leases; and
(g) as promptly as
practicable after the date of this Agreement, Seller will use commercially
reasonable efforts to fund the initial draw down of $2,000,000 by the Company
pursuant to the Emcore Loan Agreement.
In
addition, prior to Closing, Seller shall establish new Plans (which shall
be Acquired Company Plans to take effect from Closing), or ensure that
immediately after the Closing the employees of the Acquired Companies can
participate under existing Plans as provided in the Transition Services
Agreement, for the benefit of the Business employees that provide benefits
(other than equity compensation) which are substantially similar to the benefits
provided under the comparable Plans (excluding equity plans) maintained by the
Emcore Companies. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the
contrary, nothing contained herein shall (i) be treated as an amendment to any
particular employee benefit plan of Buyer or Seller or the Company, (ii)
obligate Buyer or any of its Affiliates (including the Company or any other
Acquired Company) to (A) maintain any particular benefit plan or arrangement or
(B) retain the employment of any particular employee, (iii) prevent Buyer, the
Company or any of their Affiliates from amending or terminating any benefit plan
or arrangement, or (iv) give any third party the right to enforce any of the
provisions of this Agreement.
4.3 Negative
Covenant
. Except
as otherwise permitted or contemplated by this Agreement (including the
Restructuring Plan) or any Ancillary Agreement or required by any applicable
Legal Requirement, between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date
Seller will not, and will cause each other Emcore Company not to, without the
prior Consent of Buyer:
(a) take, or
fail to take, any commercially reasonable action, as a result of which any of
the changes or events listed in Section 2.15 would occur;
(b) adopt or
establish any new employee benefit plans for employees of the Business or amend
an Acquired Company Plan to the extent that such action would result in an
Acquired Company Plan providing a level of benefits that is materially greater
than the level of benefits currently provided to employees of the Business under
the comparable Plan maintained by the Emcore Companies;
(c) enter
into any consulting Contract with respect to the Business which would become a
Liability of the Acquired Companies following the Closing and providing for
payments in excess of $200,000 in aggregate;
(d) if it may
affect an Acquired Company, make any material Tax election or settlement or
compromise of any material Tax Liability or refund, make any change in any
annual Tax accounting period or method of Tax accounting, file any material
amendment to a Tax Return, enter into any closing agreement relating to any
material Tax, surrender any right to claim a Tax refund, or consent to any
extension or waiver of the statute of limitations period applicable to any Tax
claim or assessment; or
(e) enter
into any material contract or transaction relating to the Business or the
Acquired Companies with any Affiliate, director or officer of Seller that is
outside of the Ordinary Course of Business.
provided
that Seller may, and may cause the Emcore Companies to grant rights to
retention, severance or termination pay to, or enter into any new (or amend any
existing) employment, retention, severance or other Contract with, any employee,
director, officer, agent or consultant of an Emcore Company who will be employed
or engaged by an Acquired Company as may be required by Legal Requirement or
where the effect of any of the foregoing would not increase the total staff
costs of the Business by more than five percent (5%) per annum.
4.4 Notification
. Between
the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, Seller will notify Buyer as
soon as practicable in writing if Seller becomes aware of any fact or condition
that causes or constitutes a material Breach of any of Seller’s representations
and warranties as of the date of this Agreement and of the occurrence of any
material Breach of any covenant of Seller in this Article IV or of the
occurrence of any event that may make the satisfaction of the conditions in
Article VII impossible or unlikely. Notwithstanding anything herein
to the contrary, no notice provided pursuant to this Section 4.4 shall limit or
otherwise affect the remedies available hereunder to the party receiving such
notice, or the representations or warranties of, or the conditions to the
obligations of, the parties hereto.
4.5 Consultation
. In
connection with the continuing operation of the Business between the date of
this Agreement and Closing, to the extent not reasonably believed by Seller to
be prohibited by Legal Requirements, Seller shall use reasonable efforts to
consult in good faith on a regular and frequent basis with one or more
designated representatives of Buyer, to report material operational developments
and the general status of ongoing operations pursuant to procedures reasonably
requested by Buyer or such representatives. Seller acknowledges that
any such consultation (or any information shared in connection therewith) shall
not constitute a waiver by Buyer of any rights it may have under this Agreement,
and that Buyer shall not have any liability or responsibility for any actions of
Seller or any of its officers or directors with respect to matters that are the
subject of such consultations unless Buyer expressly consents to such action in
writing.
4.6 Required
Approvals
. Except
as otherwise permitted by this Agreement, as promptly as practicable after the
date of this Agreement, Seller will, and will cause each other Emcore Company
to, (a) make all filings required by Legal Requirements to be made by it in
order to consummate the transactions contemplated herein and (b) make
commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all Consents required to be obtained
by Seller or the other Emcore Companies to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby. Between the date of this Agreement and the
Closing Date, Seller will, and will cause each other Emcore Company to, (i)
reasonably cooperate with Buyer with respect to all filings that Buyer elects to
make or is required by Legal Requirements to make in connection with the
transactions contemplated herein, and (ii) reasonably cooperate with Buyer in
obtaining all Consents identified in Schedule
3.2.
4.7 Acquisition
Proposals.
(a) Seller
agrees that, except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or with respect
to a Seller Sale Proposal, Seller shall not and shall cause the Emcore Companies
and its and their respective officers, directors, investment bankers, attorneys,
accountants, financial advisors, agents and other representatives (collectively,
“Representatives”) not to (i) directly or indirectly initiate, solicit,
knowingly encourage or facilitate (including by way of furnishing information)
any inquiries or the making or submission of any proposal that constitutes, or
could reasonably be expected to lead to, an Acquisition Proposal, (ii)
participate or engage in discussions or negotiations with, or disclose any
non-public information or data relating to Seller or any Emcore Company or
afford access to the properties, books or records of Seller or any Emcore
Company to any Person that has made an Acquisition Proposal or to any Person in
contemplation of an Acquisition Proposal, or (iii) accept an Acquisition
Proposal or enter into any agreement (A) constituting or related to, or that is
intended to or could reasonably be expected to lead to, any Acquisition Proposal
(other than a confidentiality agreement permitted pursuant to this Section
4.7(a)) or (B) requiring, intended to cause, or which could reasonably be
expected to cause Seller to abandon, terminate or fail to consummate the sale of
the Shares pursuant to this Agreement (each an “Acquisition
Agreement”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Agreement, Seller and the Board of Directors of Seller (the “Board”) may take
any actions described in clause (ii) of this Section 4.7(a) with respect to a
third party if (x) Seller receives a written Acquisition Proposal from such
third party (and such Acquisition Proposal was not during such time period
initiated, solicited, knowingly encouraged or facilitated by Seller or any of
its Representatives) and (y) such proposal constitutes, or the Board determines
in good faith (after consultation with its financial advisors and outside legal
counsel) that such proposal could reasonably be expected to lead to, a Superior
Proposal, provided that Seller shall not deliver any information to such third
party without entering into a customary confidentiality
agreement. Nothing contained in this Section 4.7 shall prohibit
Seller or the Board from taking and disclosing to Seller’s stockholders a
proposition with respect to an Acquisition Proposal pursuant to Rules 14d-9 and
14e-2(a) promulgated under the Exchange Act or from making any similar
disclosure, in either case to the extent required by applicable Legal
Requirement.
(b) Neither
(i) the Board nor any committee thereof shall directly or indirectly (A)
withdraw (or amend or modify in a manner adverse to Buyer), or publicly propose
to withdraw (or amend or modify in a manner adverse to Buyer), the approval or
recommendation by the Board of this Agreement and the sale of the Shares
pursuant to this Agreement or (B) recommend, adopt or approve, or propose
publicly to recommend, adopt or approve, any Acquisition Proposal (any action
described in this clause (i) being referred to as a “Seller Adverse
Recommendation Change”) nor (ii) shall Seller execute or enter into an
Acquisition Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to
Seller’s compliance at all times with the provisions of this Section 4.7, (Y) in
response to a Seller Sale Proposal, the Board or any committee thereof may make
a Seller Adverse Recommendation Change if the Board or any committee thereof
determines in good faith, after consultation with outside legal counsel, that it
is required for purposes of fulfilling its fiduciary duties under applicable
Legal Requirements, or (Z) in response to a Superior Proposal, the Board or any
committee thereof may make a Seller Adverse Recommendation Change and/or enter
into an Acquisition Agreement; provided, however, that Seller shall not be
entitled to exercise its right under this clause (Z) to make a Seller Adverse
Recommendation Change and/or enter into an Acquisition Agreement in response to
a Superior Proposal (aa) until fifteen (15) Business Days after Seller provides
written notice to Buyer (a “Seller Notice”) advising Buyer that the Board or any
committee thereof has received a Superior Proposal, specifying the material
terms and conditions of such Superior Proposal, and identifying the Person or
group making such Superior Proposal and (bb) if during such fifteen (15)
Business Day period, Buyer proposes any alternative transaction (including any
modifications to the terms of this Agreement), unless the Board or any committee
thereof determines in good faith (after consultation with its financial advisors
and outside legal counsel, and taking into account all financial, legal, and
regulatory terms and conditions of such alternative transaction proposal) that
such alternative transaction proposal is not at least as favorable to Seller and
its stockholders as the Superior Proposal (it being understood that any change
in the financial or other material terms of a Superior Proposal shall require a
new Seller Notice and a new fifteen (15) Business Day period under this Section
4.7(b)).
(c) As
promptly as practicable after receipt thereof, Seller shall advise Buyer in
writing of any request for information or any Acquisition Proposal received from
any Person, or any inquiry, discussions or negotiations with respect to any
Acquisition Proposal, and the terms and conditions of such request, Acquisition
Proposal, inquiry, discussions or negotiations, and Seller shall promptly
provide to Buyer copies of any written materials received by Seller in
connection with any of the foregoing, and the identity of the Person or group
making any such request, Acquisition Proposal or inquiry or with whom any
discussions or negotiations are taking place. Seller agrees that it
shall simultaneously provide to Buyer any non-public information concerning
itself or its subsidiaries provided to any other Person or group in connection
with any Acquisition Proposal which was not previously provided to
Buyer. Seller shall keep Buyer fully informed of the status of any
Acquisition Proposals (including the identity of the parties and price involved
and any changes to any material terms and conditions thereof). Seller
agrees not to release any third party from, or waive any provisions of, any
confidentiality or standstill agreement to which it is a party.
(d) For
purposes of this Agreement “Acquisition Proposal” shall mean any bona fide
proposal, whether or not in writing, for the direct or indirect acquisition or
purchase of a business or assets that constitute 90% or more of the net
revenues, net income or the assets (based on fair market value thereof) of the
Business, but specifically excluding any (i) direct or indirect acquisition or
purchase of any class of equity securities or capital stock of Seller, (ii)
merger, consolidation, business combination, tender offer, exchange offer,
recapitalization or other similar transaction involving a Person that if
consummated would result in such Person beneficially owning 50% or more of any
class of equity securities of Seller (a “Seller Sale Proposal”) and (iii) the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The term “Superior
Proposal” shall mean any bona fide written Acquisition Proposal for the direct
or indirect acquisition or purchase of a business or assets that constitute 90%
or more of the net revenue, net income or the assets (based on fair market value
thereof) of the Business made by a third party on terms which a majority of the
Seller’s Board or any committee thereof determines in good faith (after
consultation with its financial advisors and outside legal counsel, and taking
into account all financial, legal and regulatory terms and conditions of the
Acquisition Proposal and this Agreement (including any modifications to the
terms of this Agreement) proposed by any other party in response to such
Superior Proposal, including any conditions to and expected timing of
consummation, and any risks of non-consummation, of such Acquisition Proposal)
to be superior to Seller and its stockholders as compared to the transactions
contemplated hereby (including any modifications to the terms of this Agreement
proposed by the Buyer pursuant to this Section 4.7(b)).
4.8 Commercially Reasonable
Efforts
. Except
as otherwise permitted by this Agreement, between the date of this Agreement and
the Closing, Seller will use, and will cause each Acquired Company to use, its
commercially reasonable efforts to cause the conditions in Articles VII and VIII
to be satisfied and to cause the Closing to occur as soon as reasonably
practicable, including taking all commercially reasonable actions necessary to
comply promptly with Legal Requirements that may be imposed on it or any Emcore
Company with respect to the Closing. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Seller may take any of the actions permitted by Section 4.7, and such actions
shall not constitute a Breach of this Agreement.
ARTICLE
V
COVENANTS
OF BUYER PRIOR TO CLOSING DATE
5.1 Notification
. Between
the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, Buyer will notify Seller as
soon as practicable in writing if Buyer becomes aware of any fact or condition
that causes or constitutes a material Breach of any of Buyer’s representations
and warranties as of the date of this Agreement and of the occurrence of any
material Breach of any covenant of Buyer in this Article V or of the occurrence
of any event that may make the satisfaction of the conditions in Article VIII
impossible or unlikely. Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, no notice provided pursuant to this Section 5.1 shall limit or
otherwise affect the remedies available hereunder to the party receiving such
notice, or the representations or warranties of, or the conditions to the
obligations of, the parties hereto.
5.2 Required
Approvals
. Except
as otherwise permitted by this Agreement, as promptly as practicable after the
date of this Agreement, Buyer will (a) make all filings required by Legal
Requirements to be made by it to consummate the transactions contemplated herein
and (b) make commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all Consents required to
be obtained by Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated
hereby. Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date,
Buyer will (i) reasonably cooperate with Seller with respect to all filings and
applications that the Emcore Companies elect to make or are required by Legal
Requirements to make in connection with the transactions contemplated herein
(including but not limited to obtaining export control licenses from the U.S.
Department of Commerce in respect of the Export Controlled Technologies and
approval by CFIUS in respect of the transaction contemplated under this
Agreement, and (ii) reasonably cooperate with Seller in obtaining all Consents
identified in Section
2.2 of the Seller’s Schedule, provided that Seller shall (upon production
of relevant invoice) reimburse or pay on behalf of Buyer (as Buyer may direct in
writing) in full for all attorney’s expenses outside of the PRC reasonably and
properly incurred by Buyer in connection with obtaining export control licenses
for the Export Controlled Technologies and approval by CFIUS, up to a maximum of
$100,000.
5.3 Commercially Reasonable
Efforts
. Between
the date of this Agreement and the Closing, Buyer will use its commercially
reasonable efforts to cause the conditions in Articles VII and VIII to be
satisfied and to cause the Closing to occur as soon as reasonably practicable,
including taking
all commercially reasonable actions necessary to comply promptly with Legal
Requirements that may be imposed on it with respect to the Closing.
ARTICLE
VI
ADDITIONAL
AGREEMENTS
6.1 Tax Returns and Transfer
Taxes.
(a) Seller’s Consolidated Income
Tax Returns. Seller shall, at its own expense, prepare and
file, or cause to be prepared and filed, all Tax Returns (including amended Tax
Returns) of the Acquired Companies that are income Tax Returns and are prepared
on a consolidated, unitary, or combined basis and that include Seller for all
taxable periods ending on or before the Closing Date. Any Tax Returns
prepared by Seller for any taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing
(including any amended Tax Returns) shall be prepared in a manner consistent
with past practice (except as required by Legal Requirements) during the taxable
periods ending on or prior to the Closing. Seller shall timely pay,
or cause to be paid, any such Taxes shown as due on such Tax
Returns.
(b) Other
Returns. Buyer and Seller shall cause the Acquired Companies
to, at the Acquired Companies’ own expense, prepare and file, or cause to be
prepared and filed, all Tax Returns of the Acquired Companies (other than the
Tax Returns that are prepared by Seller pursuant to Section 6.1(a) above) that
are required to be filed after the Closing with respect to taxable periods
beginning on or before the Closing Date or any period commencing after the
Closing, and, subject to the right to payment from Seller pursuant to this
Section, Buyer and Seller shall cause the Acquired Companies to pay, all Taxes
shown as due on those Tax Returns. Seller shall reimburse the
Acquired Companies for all Taxes shown on Tax Returns of the Acquired Companies
(other than the Tax Returns that are prepared by Seller pursuant to Section
6.1(a) above) for all periods (or portions thereof) ending on or prior to the
Closing Date which are filed after the Closing Date, but Seller shall be
credited for any estimated tax payments made by it prior to
Closing. For Tax periods which begin before the Closing Date and end
after the Closing Date (a “Straddle Period”), Seller shall reimburse Buyer for
an amount equal to the Pre-Closing Taxes due with respect to any such Tax
Returns filed by the Acquired Companies and payable by such Acquired
Companies. Seller shall also reimburse Buyer for all costs and
expenses incurred by Buyer or any of its Affiliates with respect to the
preparation and filing of any Tax Returns of the Acquired Companies for any
taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date and for a pro rata share
of any Tax Returns of the Acquired Companies for a Straddle
Period. Any amounts owed by Seller to Buyer or the Acquired Companies
pursuant to this Section 6.1(b) shall be paid by Seller within thirty (30)
Business Days of Buyer’s request therefor. Buyer and Seller shall
cause each Acquired Company to timely pay all such Taxes on or prior to their
due date. With respect to a Straddle Period, such Pre-Closing Taxes
shall be calculated as follows: for purposes of this Section 6.1(b),
in the case of any Taxes that are imposed on a periodic basis and are payable
for a Straddle Period, the portion of such Taxes that relates to the portion of
the Straddle Period ending on or prior to the Closing Date shall (A) in the case
of any Taxes other than Taxes based upon or related to income or receipts, be
deemed to be the amount of such Taxes for the entire Straddle Period multiplied
by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the Straddle
Period from the first day of the Straddle Period through and including the
Closing Date, and the denominator of which is the number of days in the entire
Straddle Period and (B) in the case of any Taxes based upon or related to income
or receipts, be deemed equal to the amount that would be payable if the relevant
Straddle Period ended on the Closing Date, using the “closing of the books”
method of accounting.
(c) Amended
Returns. Unless required by Legal Requirements, Buyer shall
not (nor shall it cause or permit the Acquired Companies to) amend, re-file or
otherwise modify any Tax Return relating in whole or in part to the Acquired
Companies with respect to any taxable year or period ending on or before the
Closing Date, or that includes the Closing Date, without the prior written
Consent of Seller, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
(d) Tax
Proceedings. In the event Buyer or any Acquired Company
receives notice of any pending or Threatened Tax audits or assessments by any
Tax authority or other disputes concerning Taxes with respect to which Seller or
its Affiliates may incur Liability under this Agreement, the party in receipt of
such notice shall promptly notify Seller of such matter in
writing. Seller shall have the right, at its own expense, to
represent the interests of the Acquired Companies in any such Tax audit or
administrative or court proceeding to the extent relating to Taxes for which
Seller is liable under this Agreement if Seller acknowledges in writing to Buyer
its responsibility for any such Liability which may result. Seller
shall promptly commence and diligently pursue any such contest. Buyer
shall have the right to observe the proceedings with its own counsel and to
receive copies of all materials relevant to the proceedings. Seller
shall not settle or compromise any such claim, accept any final determination or
resolution or agree to any payment, refund or credit of Tax without the written
consent of Buyer (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed). To the extent they reasonably are needed in connection with
the proceedings, Buyer shall make officers, employees, agents, auditors and
representatives of the Acquired Companies available to Seller at Seller’s
expense at mutually convenient times and places.
(e) Cooperation on Tax
Matters. Buyer, the Acquired Companies, and Seller shall
cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other party,
in connection with the filing of all Tax Returns (including any amended Tax
Return or claim for refund) and any audit, litigation, or other proceeding with
respect to Taxes. Buyer and Seller further agree to use commercially
reasonable efforts to obtain any certificate or other document from any
governmental authority or any other Person as may be necessary to mitigate,
reduce or eliminate any Tax that could be imposed.
(f) Tax Sharing
Agreements. All Tax sharing agreements or similar agreements,
if any, between any of the Acquired Companies and any other Affiliate of Seller
shall be terminated as of the Closing Date and, after the Closing, none of the
Acquired Companies, nor Seller, nor any Affiliate thereof, shall be bound
thereby or have any Liability thereunder and no payments (or any other
obligations) that are owed by or to the Acquired Companies pursuant thereto
shall be required to be made (or performed) thereunder.
(g) Transfer
Taxes. Buyer and Seller each shall be responsible for and
shall pay 50% of all documentary stamp Taxes, recording charges and other
similar Taxes, if any, in respect of the sale of the Shares to
Buyer. Seller shall be responsible for any income Taxes, capital gain
Taxes or other similar Taxes, if any, in respect of the sale of the Shares to
Buyer. Each of the parties hereto shall prepare and file, and shall fully
cooperate with each other party with respect to the preparation and filing of,
any Tax Returns and other filings relating to any such Taxes or charges as may
be required.
6.2 Other Intercompany
Arrangements; Third Party Assurances.
(a) Except as
otherwise expressly contemplated by this Agreement (including the Restructuring
Plan) or the Ancillary Agreements, all Contracts, whether written, oral or
otherwise, which are solely between the Acquired Companies, on the one hand, and
Seller and its Affiliates (excluding the Acquired Companies), on the other hand,
shall be terminated and of no further effect, simultaneously with the Closing
without any further action on the part of the parties thereto, including,
without limitation, any promissory notes, interest bearing liabilities,
shareholder loans, accounts receivables and payables, and other intercompany
charges. For the avoidance of doubt, as of the Closing Date, none of
the Company nor any of the other Acquired Companies shall owe or have
outstanding any of the aforementioned liabilities towards Seller or any of its
Affiliates, except for those arising in the Ordinary Course of
Business.
(b) Seller
shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that as soon as
reasonably practicable after Closing, each Acquired Company is released from all
Third Party Assurances given by such Acquired Company in respect of obligations
of any Emcore Company (other than an Acquired Company). Pending
release of any Third Party Assurance, Seller shall indemnify Buyer and each of
its Affiliates (including the Acquired Companies) against any and all Damages
arising after Closing under or by reason of any such Third Party
Assurances.
(c) Buyer and
Seller shall each use its commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that as soon
as reasonably practicable after Closing, each Emcore Company (other than an
Acquired Company) is released from all Third Party Assurances given by such
Emcore Company in respect of the obligations of any Acquired
Company. Pending release of any such Third Party Assurance, Buyer
shall indemnify such Emcore Company against any and all Damages arising after
Closing under or by reason of any such Third Party Assurance.
6.3 Excluded Insurance Policies;
Continued Product Liability Insurance.
(a) Buyer
shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates (including the Acquired Companies
after the Closing) not to, assert, by way of claim, action, litigation or
otherwise, any right to any Excluded Insurance Policy or any benefit under any
Excluded Insurance Policy. Seller and its Affiliates (other than the
Acquired Companies) shall retain all right, title and interest in and to the
Excluded Insurance Policies, including the right to any credit or return
premiums due, paid or payable in connection with the termination thereof; provided, however, that to the extent
any returned premiums have been paid by an Acquired Company, such returned
premiums shall belong to Buyer.
(b) Promptly
upon the Closing and except as otherwise provided herein, Buyer shall release,
and shall cause its Affiliates, including the Acquired Companies, to release,
all rights to all Excluded Insurance Policies that covered the Acquired
Companies prior to the Closing Date. All Excluded Insurance Policies
issued prior to the Closing Date in the name of or to the Acquired Companies
shall remain with Seller or its Affiliates (other than the Acquired
Companies). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (i) if
any Insurance Policy (including any Excluded Insurance Policy) is
occurrence-based and provides coverage to an Acquired Company or (ii) provides
coverage to an Acquired Company in respect of an outstanding insurance claim,
then the parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the
benefits of such coverage to the applicable Acquired Companies. In
furtherance of and without limiting the foregoing, Seller shall and shall cause
its Affiliates to (in each case, promptly upon the request of
Buyer) (i) provide copies of any Excluded Insurance Policy to Buyer
for the sole purposes of determining whether a potential claim may be covered
thereunder, (ii) to the extent Buyer reasonably believes such potential claim
would be covered under an Excluded Insurance Policy, submit such claim to the
applicable insurance company and take all reasonable action to have such claim
promptly processed, (iii) upon receipt by Seller or its Affiliates of any
proceeds received pursuant to an Excluded Insurance Policy in connection with
the foregoing, remit such proceeds to the applicable Acquired Company within ten
(10) Business Days and (iv) otherwise keep Buyer reasonably informed, and take
any other action as may be reasonably requested by Buyer, in respect of the
foregoing.
6.4 Litigation
Support
. So
long as any party actively is contesting or defending against any Proceeding in
connection with (a) the transactions contemplated hereby or (b) any fact,
situation, circumstance, status, condition, activity, practice, plan,
occurrence, event, incident, action, failure to act, or transaction on or prior
to the Closing Date involving the Business or any Acquired Company, each other
party will cooperate with such party and such party’s counsel in the contest or
defense, make available their personnel, and provide such testimony and access
to their books and records as will be reasonably necessary in connection with
the contest or defense, at the sole cost and expense of the contesting or
defending party (subject to any indemnification rights under Article X). For the
avoidance of doubt, unless the Acquired Companies have assumed the same under
this Agreement, none of the Acquired Companies shall be liable for any judgment,
award or order for damages of any court or tribunal or other Governmental Body
relating to any Proceeding (whether or not relating to the Business and whether
arising before or after the date of this Agreement) against Seller or any of its
Affiliates or any damage or compensation payment, settlement pay-out or any
other costs (including but not limited to attorney’s costs) in connection with
such Proceeding, and Seller shall indemnify and hold Buyer and the Acquired
Companies harmless against such liabilities, damage or compensation payments,
settlement pay-outs and other costs in connection with any matter or event
arising prior to Closing.
6.5 Additions to and
Modification of Schedules; Notification
. Except
as otherwise provided by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, if, from the date hereof, any of
the information in the Seller’s Schedule or
any other schedule of Seller is not true, accurate and complete in all material
respects on and as of such date, Seller shall have the continuing obligation
until Closing promptly (a) to notify Buyer in writing with respect to any matter
arising subsequent to the date hereof that, if existing at the date of this
Agreement, would have been required to be set forth or described in the Seller’s
Schedule and (b) to amend or supplement such schedules to make additions to or
modifications of such schedules necessary to make the information set forth
therein true, accurate and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that,
except as consented to in writing by Buyer, no such amendment or
supplement shall have any effect for the purpose of determining the satisfaction
of the conditions set forth in Article VII and no such amendment or supplement
to the Seller’s Schedule shall have any effect for the purpose of determining
any right to indemnification.
6.6 Non-Solicitation and
Non-Competition.
(a) For the
period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the date three (3) years
after the Closing Date, Seller agrees with Buyer, and for the benefit of the
Company, that it will not, and it will cause the other Emcore Companies not to,
directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Buyer, hire any
employee of the Acquired Companies, or persuade or solicit any such employee to
leave the employ of the Acquired Companies, or to become employed by the Emcore
Companies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller and the other Emcore
Companies shall not be precluded from soliciting for employment, hiring or
employing any such employee who has been terminated by an Acquired Company or
has terminated his or her employment with an Acquired Company before Seller or
the other Emcore Companies commences employment discussions with such
employee.
(b) None of
Seller or any of the other Emcore Companies shall at any time during the period
commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the date three (3) years after the
Closing Date, other than through the Acquired Companies, directly or indirectly,
develop, own, manage, control or operate, or participate in the development,
ownership, management, control or operation of, any business engaged in the
Business as conducted by the Emcore Companies as of the Closing. For
purposes of this Section 6.6, ownership by Seller or any other Emcore Company of
an aggregate of 5% or less of any class of securities of any Person shall not be
prohibited.
(c) If any of
Seller or the other Emcore Companies violates any of its obligations under this
Section 6.6, Buyer may proceed against it in law or in equity for such damages
or other relief as a court may deem appropriate. Seller acknowledges
that a violation of this Section 6.6 may cause Buyer irreparable harm which may
not be adequately compensable by money damages. Seller therefore
agrees that in the event of any actual or threatened violation of this Section
6.6, Buyer shall be entitled, in addition to other remedies that it may have
available to it under law or in equity, to a temporary restraining order and to
preliminary and final injunctive relief against Seller or the other Emcore
Companies to prevent any violations of this Section 6.6, without the necessity
of posting of a bond or other security.
6.7 Restructuring
. Buyer
and Seller acknowledge and agree that the assets, Liabilities, Contracts,
employees and operations of the Emcore Companies with respect to the Retained
Business are not, and are not intended to be, considered part of the Business
and will not be transferred to the Acquired Companies in the Restructuring or
will be transferred out of the Acquired Companies as part of the
Restructuring. In addition, certain assets, contracts and services of
the Emcore Companies are used by or exist for the benefit of both the Business
and the Retained Business. Seller shall bear all costs, expenses and
Taxes (including all Taxes that may be incurred or levied after Closing) arising
or in connection with the preparation and implementation of the Restructuring
Plan.
6.8 Technology Protection
Plan
. As
soon as practicable after the date of this Agreement, Seller shall apply for any
necessary export license or licenses from the U.S. Department of Commerce Bureau
of Industry and Security ("BIS") with respect to the Export Controlled
Technologies, including technology, requiring such licenses under the US Export
Administration Regulations ("EAR") for transfer to non-US nationals or to
China. In connection with the export license application process,
Seller shall submit to BIS its Technology Control Plan, which shall include
specific references to export control procedures that Seller may establish
specifically as a result of this transaction. If as a condition to
obtaining the necessary export license (or other applicable US government
approvals), the Technology Control Plan needs to contain provisions materially
more onerous to the operation of the Company following closing than those
contained in the draft plan reviewed by Buyer prior to the signing of this
Agreement, the Buyer at its sole discretion may terminate the Agreement. Seller
shall bear all costs (including costs for asset valuation), expenses and Taxes
(including all Taxes that may be incurred or levied after Closing) arising or in
connection with the preparation and implementation of the technology protection
plan.
6.9 Delivery of Documents,
Etc.
Seller
hereby undertakes and agrees that if any agreement, document, book, record or
file, including those stored on computer disks or tapes or any other storage
medium, if any, reasonably related to the ongoing operation and management of
the Business and in the possession of any Emcore Company to the extent not
provided to Buyer or any Acquired Company on or prior to Closing, including any
material which also relates to the Retained Business or if the Emcore Companies
are otherwise required to retain the original of such material, then upon
request by Buyer or any Acquired Company, Seller shall as soon as practicable
provide or cause a hard or electronic copy (as appropriate) of such requested
material to be provided to the requesting party, subject in appropriate
circumstances to the recipient agreeing to maintain the confidentiality of such
information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent required by
any Legal Requirements, Seller may require Buyer to designate a United States
citizen as the recipient of any of the foregoing, and such recipient, as a
condition to receiving such items, shall agree to any restrictions on further
disclosures as may be required by such Legal Requirements.
6.10 Collection of Accounts
Receivable
. The
ownership and title over all accounts receivables and accounts payables of the
Business shall be assigned and transferred to the Acquired Companies with effect
from Closing. Seller shall provide all necessary assistance to the
Acquired Companies with regard to the collection of accounts receivables and
payment of accounts payables in accordance with the terms of the Transition
Services Agreement.
6.11 No Military
Application
. Buyer
and Seller agree that they will, and will cause each of the Acquired Companies
to, use the assets and technologies of the Acquired Companies as of the Closing
solely for civilian and commercial applications and not for any military
applications. Buyer and Seller further agree that they will cause the
Acquired Companies to comply with the provisions of applicable Anti-Bribery Law
and with all export control Legal Requirements.
6.12 Audit
Right
. Buyer
shall be entitled at any time after Closing to commission an audit of the
Acquired Companies and the Business for such purposes as it deems reasonably
necessary to protect its rights as the buyer of the Shares, including for the
purpose of verifying the accuracy of the representations and warranties of
Seller given hereunder and compliance of Seller with its undertakings, covenants
and obligations hereunder. Seller shall provide, or cause to be
provided, to Buyer and its employees, agents, representatives and advisors
reasonable access to the books, records and working papers held by Seller
relating to the Business, including taking electronic copies, to the extent that
they are reasonably required for the purpose of the said audit. Buyer
will pay the costs for any audit it has commissioned but nothing here shall
preclude Buyer from claiming such costs from Seller in connection with any
claims made under this Agreement to the extent Buyer is legally entitled to do
so.
6.13 Seller’s
Schedule
. Seller
undertakes that, within 14 days from the date of this Agreement, it shall
provide an updated Seller’s Schedule, which shall contain such disclosures that
are true, complete and not misleading in all material respects and to the extent
reasonably practicable addresses comments provided by Buyer’s counsel prior to
the date hereof on the draft Seller’s Schedule provided on 30 January 2010 but
shall be in no respect less favorable to Buyer than the Seller’s Schedule (the
“Updated Seller’s Schedule”). The Updated Seller’s Schedule shall
replace the Seller’s Schedule attached hereto on the date hereof, and the
Updated Seller’s Schedule shall be deemed to have been delivered as of the date
of this Agreement. Buyer agrees that during the said 14-day period,
it shall not make any claims against Seller under any of the representations and
warranties hereunder or otherwise seek to terminate this Agreement on the basis
of an alleged breach of any representation or warranty. The Parties
hereby agree that Buyer shall be entitled to verify the content of the Updated
Seller’s Schedule and may terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section
9.1(l) by written notice to Seller if Buyer discovers that any disclosure
therein: (a) is materially untrue, incomplete or misleading and which
individually or taken in aggregate with other untrue, incomplete or misleading
disclosures, will have a material adverse effect on Buyer’s interest as a holder
of the Shares following Closing; or (b) otherwise reveals or gives rise to a
Company Material Adverse Effect.
ARTICLE
VII
CONDITIONS
PRECEDENT TO BUYER’S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE
Buyer’s
obligation to purchase the Shares and to take the other actions required to be
taken by Buyer at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the
Closing, of each of the following conditions (any of which may be waived in
writing by Buyer, in whole or in part):
7.1 Accuracy of
Representations
. All
of Seller’s representations and warranties contained in this Agreement must have
been true and correct in all respects as of the date of this Agreement and,
except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement (including the
Restructuring) or
the Ancillary Agreements, must be true and correct in all respects as of the
Closing as if made on the Closing Date (except to the extent made as of an
earlier date, in which case as of the earlier date), except where the failure of
such representations and warranties (to the extent they relate to the assets,
liabilities, operations or business of the Business or the Acquired Companies)
to be true and correct (a) would not, in the aggregate, result in a Company
Material Adverse Effect or (b) is the result of actions taken by a Buyer
Governmental Body. Buyer shall have received a certificate signed on
behalf of Seller by the Chief Executive Officer of Seller to such
effect.
7.2 Seller’s
Performance.
(a) All of
the covenants and obligations that Seller is required to perform or to comply
with pursuant to this Agreement at or prior to the Closing (considered
collectively) must have been duly performed and complied with in all material
respects. Buyer shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of
Seller by the Chief Executive Officer of Seller to such effect.
(b) Each
document required to be delivered by Seller pursuant to Section 1.6 must have
been delivered.
7.3 Consents and
Approvals
. Each
of the Consents and permits identified in Schedule 7.3 must
have been obtained and a copy delivered to Buyer and must be in full force and
effect.
7.4 No
Injunction
. There
shall not be in effect any Legal Requirement or any injunction or other Order
(other than a Legal Requirement, injunction or Order of a Buyer Governmental
Body) that prohibits, restrains, prevents, makes illegal or otherwise materially
impairs the sale of the Shares by Seller to Buyer and the consummation of any
other material transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary
Agreements and there shall not be pending or Threatened on the Closing Date any
Proceeding which could reasonably be expected to result in the issuance of any
such Legal Requirement, injunction or other Order (other than a Legal
Requirement, injunction or Order of a Buyer Governmental Body).
7.5 Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement Release
. Seller
shall provide evidence to Buyer’s reasonable satisfaction that the security
interests over the Acquired Companies’ stock and assets, pursuant to the Loan
and Security Agreement among Seller (and certain subsidiaries of Seller) and
Bank of America N.A. dated September 26, 2008, as amended (the “Bank
Agreement”), has been terminated and discharged or will be terminated and
discharged as part of the Closing.
7.6 PRC
Approvals
. Buyer
shall have obtained the PRC Approvals and the approval of its board of directors
authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement.
7.7 US
Approvals
. Seller
shall have obtained export control licenses from the U.S. Department of Commerce
in respect of the Export Controlled Technologies and approval by CFIUS in
respect of the transactions contemplated hereby, each in substance and form
reasonably satisfactory to Buyer.
7.8 Restructuring
. Seller
shall provide evidence to Buyer’s reasonable satisfaction that the Restructuring
has been completed in accordance with the Restructuring Plan.
7.9 Company Material Adverse
Effect
. Since
the date of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred a Company Material
Adverse Effect, nor shall any event or events have occurred that, individually
or in the aggregate, with or without the lapse of time, is reasonably likely to
result in a Company Material Adverse Effect.
ARTICLE
VIII .
CONDITIONS
PRECEDENT TO SELLER’S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE
Seller’s
obligation to sell the Shares and to take the other actions required to be taken
by it at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing,
of each of the following conditions (any of which may be waived in writing by
Seller, in whole or in part):
8.1 Accuracy of
Representations
. All
of Buyer’s representations and warranties contained in this Agreement
(considered collectively) must have been true and correct in all material
respects as of the date of this Agreement and must be true and correct in all
material respects as of the Closing as if made on the Closing (except to the
extent made as of an earlier date, in which case as of such earlier
date). Seller shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of
Buyer by the Chief Executive Officer of Buyer to such effect.
8.2 Buyer’s
Performance.
(a) All of
the covenants and obligations that Buyer is required to perform or to comply
with pursuant to this Agreement at or prior to the Closing (considered
collectively) must have been performed and complied with in all material
respects. Seller shall have received a certificate signed on behalf
of Buyer by the Chief Executive Officer of Buyer to such effect.
(b) Each
document required to be delivered by Buyer pursuant to Section 1.6 must have
been delivered.
8.3 Consents and
Approvals
. Each
of the Consents and permits identified in Schedule 8.3
must have been obtained and a copy delivered to Seller and must be in full force
and effect. Buyer shall have obtained the PRC Approvals and the
approval of its board of directors authorizing the execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement. Seller shall have obtained the
approval of its board of directors authorizing the execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement.
8.4 No
Injunction
. There
shall not be in effect any Legal Requirement or any injunction or other Order
that prohibits, restrains, prevents, makes illegal or otherwise materially
impairs the sale of the Shares by Seller to Buyer and the consummation of any
other material transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary
Agreements or could reasonably be expected to result in a material diminution of
the benefits of the transactions contemplated herein and therein (taken as a
whole) and there shall not be pending or Threatened on the Closing Date any
Proceeding which could reasonably be expected to result in the issuance of any
such Legal Proceeding, injunction or other Order.
8.5 Bank
Consent/Release
. Seller
shall have received the Consent of Bank of America to the sale of Shares to
Buyer pursuant to this Agreement and the release by Bank of America of all liens
with respect to the stock and assets of the Acquired Companies.
ARTICLE
IX
TERMINATION
9.1 Termination
Events
. This
Agreement may, by written notice given prior to or at the Closing to the other
parties hereto, be terminated and the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement abandoned:
(a) by Seller
if a material Breach of any provision of this Agreement has been committed by
Buyer which (i) would result in a failure of a condition set forth in Section
8.1 or 8.2 and (ii) is not cured, or cannot be cured, in all material respects
within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof and such Breach has not
been waived in writing by Seller;
(b) by Seller
if the Closing shall not have occurred on or prior to the expiration of a
180-day period from
the date of this Agreement; provided, however, that the right to
terminate this Agreement under this Section 9.1(b) shall not be available to
Seller if Seller is in material Breach of this Agreement;
(c) by
Seller, upon written notice to Buyer, if (i) Seller, or the Board, as the case
may be, shall have (A) entered into any Acquisition Agreement or (B) approved or
recommended, or, in the case of a committee, proposed to the Board, to approve
or recommend, any Acquisition Proposal, (ii) the Board or any committee thereof
shall have resolved to do any of the foregoing, or (iii) a Seller Adverse
Recommendation Change shall have occurred in response to a Superior Proposal or
a Seller Sale Proposal or the Board or any committee thereof shall have resolved
to make such Seller Adverse Recommendation Change;
(d) by Buyer
if a material Breach of any provision of this Agreement has been committed by
Seller which (i) would result in a failure of a condition set forth in Section
7.1 or 7.2 and (ii) is not cured, or cannot be cured, in all material respects
within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof and such Breach has not
been waived in writing by Buyer;
(e) by Buyer
if the Closing shall not have occurred on or prior to expiration of a 180-day
period from the date of this Agreement; provided, however, that the right to
terminate this Agreement under this Section 9.1(e) shall not be available to
Buyer if Buyer is in material Breach of this Agreement;
(f) by either
Seller or Buyer if any Governmental Body shall have issued an Order or taken any
other action preventing or prohibiting Closing and such Order or other such
action shall have become final without possibility of appeal, or there shall be
any Legal Requirement enacted, promulgated, issued or applicable to the material
transactions contemplated herein by any Governmental Body that would make
consummation of such transactions illegal;
(g) by Buyer
if (A) a Seller Adverse Recommendation Change shall have occurred or (B) Seller
shall have entered into, or the Board (or any committee thereof) shall have
publicly announced an intention that the Seller enter into, an Acquisition
Agreement;
(h) by Buyer
if a Change of Control occurs in respect of Seller (which for the purpose of
this Section 9.1(h) shall deemed to have occurred upon (A) Seller entering into
any binding or non-binding agreement, letter of intent or other document with
any third party which contemplates a Change of Control of Seller; (B) the Board
of Seller having made a favorable recommendation to shareholders regarding a
transaction contemplating a Change of Control of Seller; or (C) a third party
makes an offer to acquire a majority shareholding in Seller (whether through a
tender offer or otherwise) and such offer has been accepted by shareholders
holding 25% or more of the total outstanding shares of Seller;
(i) by mutual
consent of Seller and Buyer;
(j) by Buyer
prior to Closing if a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred;
(k) by Buyer
in accordance with Section 6.8;
(l) by Buyer
in accordance with Section 6.13;
(m) by Buyer
if Seller fails to obtain export control licenses from the U.S. Department of
Commerce in respect of the Export Controlled Technologies or approval by CFIUS
in respect of the transaction by the end of a 180-day period from the date of
this Agreement.
9.2 Termination
Fee.
(a) In the
event this Agreement is terminated pursuant to (i) Section 9.1(a) and Buyer’s
material breach of its obligations under this Agreement shall have been the
direct and proximate cause for the failure of Closing to occur in accordance
with this Agreement, and provided Seller is not in material breach of this
Agreement and has not received written notice thereof from Buyer, or (ii) where
this Agreement is terminated by Seller due to the failure of Buyer to obtain the
PRC Approvals (other than approvals by the State Administration of Foreign
Exchange or its relevant local branch) by the end of a 180-day period from the
date of this Agreement then Buyer shall pay to Seller $2,775,000 (the “Buyer
Termination Fee”) by wire transfer in immediately available United States Dollar
funds within twenty (20) Business Days after such termination of this
Agreement. The Buyer Termination Fee shall be Seller’s sole remedy
for any such termination of this Agreement. The Parties agree that
the Buyer Termination Fee shall constitute a fair and reasonable estimation of
the losses and damages that Seller would suffer as a result of the termination
of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1(a), and Buyer hereby agrees to
irrevocably waive any right to challenge the said amount or its liability to pay
the same.
(b) In the
event this Agreement is terminated pursuant to (i) Section 9.1(d) and Seller’s
material breach of its obligations under this Agreement shall have been the
direct and proximate cause for the failure of Closing to occur in accordance
with this Agreement, and provided Buyer is not in material breach of this
Agreement and has not received written notice thereof from Seller, (ii) Section
9.1(c), (iii) Section 9.1(k), or (iv) Section 9.1(m), then Seller shall pay
to Buyer $2,775,000 (the “Seller Termination Fee”) by wire transfer in
immediately available United States Dollar funds within twenty (20) Business
Days after such termination of this Agreement. The Seller Termination
Fee shall be Buyer’s sole remedy for any such termination of this
Agreement. The Parties agree that the Seller Termination Fee shall
constitute a fair and reasonable estimation of the losses and damages that Buyer
would suffer as a result of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to
Sections 9.1(c), 9.1(d), 9.1(k) or
9.1(m), and Seller hereby agrees to irrevocably waive any right to challenge the
said amount or its liability to pay the same.
9.3 Effect of
Termination
. Each
party’s right of termination under Section 9.1 is in addition to any other
rights it may have under this Agreement or otherwise, and the exercise of a
right of termination will not be an election of remedies. If this
Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9.1, all further obligations of the
parties under this Agreement will terminate, except that the obligations in
Sections 9.1, 9.2, Article X (in respect of claims for indemnification in
respect of any breach of the terms and provisions of this Agreement prior to the
date of such termination) 11.1, 11.3, 11.4, 11.5, 11.13 and Exhibit 1 (to the
extent applicable) will survive; provided, however, that if this Agreement is
terminated by a party because of the Breach of this Agreement by the other party
or because one or more of the conditions to the terminating party’s obligations
under this Agreement is not satisfied as a result of the other party’s failure
to comply with its obligations under this Agreement, the terminating party’s
right to pursue all legal remedies will survive such termination
unimpaired.
ARTICLE
X
INDEMNIFICATION;
REMEDIES
10.1 Survival
. Subject
to the terms and conditions of this Article X, all representations, warranties,
covenants, and obligations in this Agreement will survive the
Closing.
10.2 Indemnification and Payment
of Damages by Seller
. Seller
will indemnify and hold harmless Buyer and its Affiliates (including, after
Closing, the Acquired Companies) and their respective representatives, agents,
successors, assigns, employees, officers, directors, stockholders and
controlling persons (collectively, the “Buyer Indemnified Persons”) for, and
will pay to the Buyer Indemnified Persons the amount of, any loss, liability,
claim, damage, interest, awards, judgment, penalty, cost or expense (including
all reasonable costs of investigation and defense, any expense of enforcement of
obligations and reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and other fees and
expenses reasonably incurred in connection with the investigation, defense or
settlement thereof) suffered or incurred by, or imposed on, them (collectively,
“Damages”), arising out of or resulting from (a) any Breach of any
representation or warranty contained in Article II (other than the
representations and warranties contained in Section 2.11) or in any certificate
delivered by or on behalf of Seller pursuant to this Agreement, (b) any Breach
by Seller of any covenant or obligation of Seller in this Agreement, (c) any
Pre-Closing Environmental Liability; (d) any Non-Business Liability or (e) any
Pre-Closing Taxes.
10.3 Indemnification and Payment
of Damages by Buyer
. Buyer
will indemnify and hold harmless Seller and its Affiliates and their respective
representatives, agents, successors, assigns, employees, officers, directors,
stockholders and controlling persons (collectively, the “Seller Indemnified
Persons”), and will pay to the Seller Indemnified Persons the amount of any
Damages arising out of or resulting from (a) any Breach of any representation or
warranty contained in Article III or in any certificate delivered by or on
behalf of Buyer pursuant to this Agreement or (b) any Breach by Buyer of any
covenant or obligation of Buyer in this Agreement. Buyer will
indemnify and hold harmless the Seller Indemnified Persons, and will pay to the
Seller Indemnified Persons the amount of any:
(i) Taxes
imposed on the Emcore Companies (other than the Acquired Companies) with respect
to a taxable period beginning after the Closing;
(ii) Taxes
allocated as provided in Section 6.1 to the portion of a Straddle Period
beginning after the Closing; and
(iii) Taxes
attributable to any breach by Buyer of its obligations under this
Agreement.
10.4 Time
Limitations.
(a) Neither
Seller, or any of its Affiliates, nor Buyer, or any of its Affiliates, will have
any liability (for indemnification or otherwise) with respect to any
representation or warranty unless, on or before the eighteen (18) month
anniversary of the Closing Date, Seller, or Buyer (as the case may be), is
notified in writing by the other party of a claim specifying the factual basis
of that claim in reasonable detail to the extent then known by Buyer, or Seller
(as the case may) except:
(i) with
respect to claims in relation to Sections 2.1, 2.18 and 2.26, which may be made
by Buyer indefinitely and claims in relation to Section 3.1, which may be made
by Seller indefinitely;
(ii) with
respect to claims arising in relation to Section 2.12 or in respect of any
Pre-Closing Environmental Liability, any Non-Business Liability or any
Pre-Closing Taxes which may be made until the expiration of the statute of
limitations under the applicable Legal Requirement; and
(iii) with
respect to claims arising under Section 2.11 which may be made at any time until
all Tax liabilities of Seller are decided by final determination of the IRS,
judicial decision or upon thirty (30) days after the expiration of the statute
of limitations, taking into account any waiver or extension of such applicable
statute of limitation.
(b) Any claim
made with reasonable specificity (but only to the extent known at such time) by
the Party seeking to be indemnified within the time periods set forth in this
Section 10.4 shall not thereafter be barred by the expiration of the relevant
time representation or warranty and shall survive until such claim is finally
and fully resolved.
(c) The time
limitations set forth in this Section 10.4 are expressly intended to shorten the
statute of limitations which would otherwise apply.
10.5 Limitations on
Amount
. Neither
Seller nor any of its Affiliates will have any liability (for indemnification or
otherwise) with respect to the matters described in clause (a), or to the extent
relating to any failure to perform or comply prior to the Closing Date, clause
(b) of Section 10.2 until the total of all Damages with respect to such matters
exceeds $100,000 provided that when such amount is exceeded, Seller shall be
liable for all amounts including the first $100,000. In addition, the
Buyer Indemnified Persons shall not have the right to indemnification for any
individual Breach with respect to the matters described in clause (a) of Section
10.2 resulting in Damages which are equal to or less than
$5,000. Furthermore, other than in the case of fraud, any liability
of Seller or any of its Affiliates hereunder (for indemnification or otherwise)
with respect to the matters described in clause (a) or, to the extent relating
to any failure to perform or comply prior to the Closing Date, clause (b) of
Section 10.2 shall terminate at such time as the aggregate amount of Damages
paid to Buyer, from the Holdback Amount or otherwise, equals 15% of the Final
Purchase Price.
10.6 Exclusive Remedy; Holdback
Amount.
(a) After the
Closing, the indemnities provided in this Article X, and Section 11.14, shall
constitute the sole and exclusive remedy of any Indemnified Party for Damages
arising out of, resulting from or incurred in connection with, the breach of any
representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or obligation made by the parties
in this Agreement; provided, however, that nothing in this
Section 10.6 shall preclude a party from bringing an action for specific
performance or other equitable remedy, pursuant to Section 11.14 or otherwise,
in connection with any breach, or an alleged or threatened breach, by a party to
perform its obligations under this Agreement, whether before or following
Closing. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence,
no legal action sounding in tort, statute or strict liability may be maintained
by any party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Section 10.6, in the event of a fraudulent breach of the representations,
warranties, covenants or agreements contained herein by Seller, the Buyer
Indemnified Persons shall have all remedies available at law or in equity
(including for tort) with respect thereto and the Damage sought with respect to
such fraudulent Breach shall not be subject to any of the limitations (including
as to amount and timing) set forth in this Article X.
(b) Upon
written notice (a “Set-off Claim Notice”) to Seller specifying in reasonable
detail the basis for and Buyer’s reasonable good faith estimate of the amount
(the “Set-off Claim Amount”) of any indemnification claim by a Buyer Indemnified
Party under this Article X, Buyer may set-off against the Holdback Amount such
Set-off Claim Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Buyer wishes
to set-off any amount to which a Buyer Indemnified Person may be entitled to
indemnification under this Article X against the Holdback Amount and Seller
notifies Buyer within twenty (20) Business Days of receiving the Set-off Claim
Notice that Seller disputes such claim, the amount disputed (the “Disputed
Amount”) will be placed in escrow by the Buyer with an independent third party
acceptable to Buyer and Seller until such dispute is resolved. On the
eighteen (18) month anniversary of the Closing, Buyer agrees to deliver to
Seller by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in accordance with wire
instructions delivered by Seller to Buyer at least three (3) Business Days prior
thereto, the Holdback Amount less (i) any unresolved Disputed Amounts and (ii)
any Set-off Claim Amount for which a Set-off Claim Notice has been given to
Seller as provided above and which Seller and Buyer have agreed may be
set-off. Until such time as the Holdback Amount is exhausted, the
sole and exclusive remedy of Buyer Indemnified Persons for indemnification shall
be to make a claim against the Holdback Amount.
10.7 Procedure for
Indemnification–Third Party Claims.
(a) Within
fifteen (15) Business Days of receipt by a Buyer Indemnified Person or a Seller
Indemnified Person (each an “Indemnified Party”) under Section 10.2 or 10.3 of
notice of a claim by a third party in respect of which the Indemnified Party
would be entitled to indemnification under this Article X (a “Third Party
Claim”), such Indemnified Party will give written notice to the party from which
indemnification may be sought under Sections 10.2 or 10.3 (an “Indemnifying
Party”) of the assertion of such Third Party Claim, but the failure to notify
the Indemnifying Party in accordance with this Section 10.7(a) will not relieve
the Indemnifying Party of any liability that it may have to any Indemnified
Party, nor result in the forfeit of any rights or claims to indemnification
under this Agreement with respect to such Third Party Claim or any subsequent
claim relating thereto or arising in connection therewith, unless, and then only
to the extent that, the defense of such action by the Indemnifying Party is
prejudiced by the Indemnified Party’s failure to so give such
notice.
(b) If any
Third Party Claim is asserted against an Indemnified Party, other than a Third
Party Claim in respect of Tax matters, which shall be governed by Section
6.1(d), upon notice to the Indemnified Party within thirty (30) days (or less if
the nature of the Third Party Claim requires) from the date on which the
Indemnifying Party received notice of the Third Party Claim in accordance with
Section 10.7(a), the Indemnifying Party will be entitled to participate in such
Third Party Claim and, to the extent that it wishes (unless (i) the Indemnifying
Party is also a party to such Third Party Claim and the Indemnified Party
determines in good faith that joint representation would be inappropriate or
(ii) the Indemnifying Party fails to provide reasonable assurance to the
Indemnified Party of its financial capacity to investigate, contest, defend,
arbitrate or settle such Third Party Claim and provide indemnification with
respect to such Third Party Claim), to assume the investigation, contest,
defense, arbitration or settlement of such Third Party Claim with counsel
reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party and, after notice from the
Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party of its election to assume the
investigation, contest, defense, arbitration or settlement of such Third Party
Claim, the Indemnifying Party will not, as long as it actively and diligently
conducts such investigation, contest, defense, arbitration or settlement, be
liable to the Indemnified Party under this Article X for any fees of other
counsel or any other expenses with respect to the investigation, contest,
defense, arbitration or settlement of such Third Party Claim, in each case
subsequently incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with the
investigation, contest, defense, arbitration or settlement of such Third Party
Claim. If the Indemnifying Party assumes the investigation, contest,
defense, arbitration or settlement of a Third Party Claim, (i) it will be
conclusively established for purposes of this Agreement that the Third Party
Claim is within the scope of and subject to indemnification, (ii) no compromise
or settlement of such Third Party Claim may be effected by the Indemnifying
Party without the Indemnified Party’s written consent (such consent to not be
unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) unless (A) the terms of the
proposed compromise or settlement include as an unconditional term thereof the
giving to the Indemnified Party by the third party of a release of the
Indemnified Party from all liability in respect of the Third Party Claim, (B)
there is no finding or admission of any violation of Legal Requirements or any
violation of the rights of any Person and no effect on any other claims that may
be made against the Indemnified Party and (C) the sole relief provided is
monetary damages that are paid in full by the Indemnifying Party and (iii) the
Indemnified Party will have no liability with respect to any compromise or
settlement of such claims effected without its consent. If notice is
given to an Indemnifying Party of the assertion of any Third Party Claim and the
Indemnifying Party does not, within thirty (30) days (or less if the nature of
the Third Party Claim requires) after the Indemnified Party’s notice is given,
give notice to the Indemnified Party of its election to assume the defense of
such Third Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party will be bound by any
determination made in such Third Party Claim or any compromise or settlement
effected by the Indemnified Party, who shall have the right, with counsel of its
choice, to defend, conduct and control the Third Party Claim at the sole cost
and expense of the Indemnifying Party. If having assumed the defense
of a Third Party Claim the Indemnifying Party fails to reasonably conduct the
defense or prosecution of the Third Party Claim in good faith, and the
Indemnified Party has provided the Indemnifying Party with reasonable notice in
writing of such failure, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to consent
to the entry of any Order or enter into any settlement with respect to the Third
Party Claim without prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party and the
Indemnifying Party shall reimburse the Indemnified Party for all Damages
incurred in connection with such Order or settlement. If the
Indemnifying Party does not elect to assume the defense or prosecution of a
Third Party Claim which it has the right to assume hereunder, the Indemnified
Party shall have no obligation to do so.
(c) Notwithstanding
the foregoing, if an Indemnified Party determines in good faith that there is a
reasonable probability that a Third Party Claim may adversely affect it or its
Affiliates other than as a result of monetary damages for which it would be
entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, the Indemnified Party may, by
notice to the Indemnifying Party, assume the exclusive right to defend,
compromise, or settle such Third Party Claim, but the Indemnifying Party will
not be bound by any determination of a Third Party Claim so defended or any
compromise or settlement effected without its consent (which may not be
unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned).
(d) The
parties agree to render to each other such assistance as they may reasonably
require of each other in order to facilitate the proper and adequate defense of
a Third Party Claim. Upon assuming the defense of a Third Party
Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall keep the Indemnified Party reasonably
informed as to such Third Party Claim, whether or not the Indemnified Party is
represented by its own counsel.
(e) With
respect to a Third Party Claim, after a final Order or award, which is not
subject to appeal or with respect to which the time for appeal has expired,
shall have been issued by a court, arbitral tribunal or administrative agency of
competent jurisdiction, or a settlement shall have been consummated, or the
parties shall have arrived at a mutually binding agreement with respect to any
such Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall give prompt notice to the
Indemnifying Party of the amounts due and owing by the Indemnifying Party with
respect to such matter and the Indemnifying Party shall pay all of the amounts
so owing, subject to the other provisions of this Article X.
10.8 Procedure for
Indemnification–Other Claims
. A
claim for indemnification for any matter not involving a Third-Party Claim may
be asserted by written notice to the party from whom indemnification is
sought.
10.9 Interpretation
. Damages
shall be quantified on an after-Tax basis and shall be otherwise determined net
of any Tax Benefit, insurance proceeds and indemnity payments actually received
by indemnified persons in connection with the facts giving rise to the right of
indemnification (but increased by any costs and expenses incurred in obtaining
such insurance proceeds including any increase in premium payable by the
indemnified persons under any such insurance) and other compensation to which
the party or its Affiliates is entitled from Persons other than Seller, in the
case of Buyer, or other than Buyer, in the case of Seller, in respect of such
matter. The indemnified persons may not seek indemnification
hereunder in respect of any claim to the extent that such claim arises in
connection with any action taken by the indemnified person, the effect of which
is to induce a third party to take any action resulting in a claim which, but
for this clause, indemnification could be sought. If any amount
related to Damages is subsequently recovered by a party, in whole or in part,
from any third party (including any insurer or taxing authority) after
indemnification by the other party, the amounts so recovered shall be promptly
reimbursed to the party who provided such indemnification. The
indemnified persons shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from any
applicable insurance company any insurance proceeds in respect of any claim for
which the indemnified persons seek indemnification under this Article
X. Any liability for indemnification hereunder shall be determined
without duplication of recovery by reason of the state of facts giving rise to
such liability constituting a breach of more than one representation, warranty,
covenant or agreement. For purposes of determining Damages for which
either Party or their respective indemnified persons are entitled to
indemnification hereunder only, the term “Damages” shall not include any
indirect, incidental or consequential damages, claims for lost profits or
punitive damages.
10.10 Tax Purchase
Price
. Any
indemnification payments made hereunder shall be considered, to the extent
permissible under applicable law, as adjustments to the Purchase Price for all
Tax purposes.
ARTICLE
XI
GENERAL
PROVISIONS
11.1 Expenses
. Except
as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each party to this Agreement
will bear its respective costs and expenses incurred in connection with the
preparation, execution, and performance of this Agreement and the Ancillary
Agreements and the transactions contemplated herein, including all fees and
expenses of agents, representatives, counsel, and accountants.
11.2 Public
Announcements
. Any
public announcement, news release, circular or similar publicity with respect to
this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein will be issued, if at
all, at such time and in such manner as Buyer and Seller mutually determine in
writing, unless applicable Legal Requirements require
otherwise. Seller and Buyer will consult with each other concerning
the means by which Seller’s employees, customers, and suppliers and others
having dealings with Seller will be informed of the transactions contemplated
herein.
11.3 Confidentiality.
(a) Buyer and
Seller will maintain in confidence, and will cause the directors, officers,
employees, agents, advisors and Affiliates of Buyer and Seller to maintain in
confidence, any written information obtained in confidence from another party in
connection with this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or the transactions
contemplated herein or therein, unless such information is already known to such
party or to others not bound by a duty of confidentiality or such information
becomes publicly available through no fault of such party (the “Confidential
Information”) and shall refrain from disclosing, in whole or in part to any
third party, any Confidential Information except (i) as required by Legal
Regulation or by any Governmental Body having applicable jurisdiction, including
in making any filing or obtaining any consent or approval required for the
consummation of the transactions contemplated herein or (ii) as required by or
necessary in connection with any Proceedings arising out of or in connection
with this Agreement (provided that in each such case, unless legally restricted
from doing so, the disclosing party shall give prior notice to the other party
of its intention to disclose such information, take into account, in so far as
practicable, the reasonable comments of the other party and use reasonable
efforts to assist the disclosing party in its attempts to obtaining confidential
treatment of such information). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer
acknowledges that Seller may disclose this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated herein in filings with the United States Securities and Exchange
Commission and the Nasdaq Stock Market without requiring any consent from
Buyer.
(b) If the
transactions contemplated herein are not consummated, each party will (subject
to Legal Requirements and the rules and regulations of any body with applicable
jurisdiction) return or destroy as much of such written information as the other
party may reasonably request and the parties further acknowledge and agree to
remain bound by the terms and conditions set forth in that certain
Confidentiality Agreement dated August 14, 2009 between Buyer and Seller (the
“Confidentiality Agreement”).
(c) Effective
upon the Closing Date, the parties acknowledge and agree that the terms of the
Confidentiality Agreement shall be of no further force and effect and are, for
all purposes, superseded by the terms of this Agreement, provided that the terms
of this Section 11.3(c) shall be without prejudice to any rights or liabilities
which may have accrued to any party to such Confidentiality Agreement prior to
the Closing Date.
11.4 Notices
. All
notices, consents, requests, waivers, demands and other communications under
this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given (a)
when delivered if delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt), (b)
when sent if sent by telecopier (with written confirmation of receipt), provided
that a copy is mailed by registered mail, return receipt requested, or (c) when
received by the addressee, if sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery
service (return receipt requested), with postage prepaid, in each case to the
appropriate addresses and telecopier numbers set forth below (or to such other
addresses and telecopier numbers as a party may designate by notice to the other
parties by like notice):
If
to Seller:
|
EMCORE
Corporation
10420
Research Road, S.E.
Albuquerque,
NM 87123
Attention: General
Counsel
Facsimile: (505)
323-3402
|
With
copy to:
|
O’Neil
LLP
19900
MacArthur Blvd., Suite 1050
Irvine,
CA 92612
Attention: Paul
A. Rowe
Facsimile: (949)
798-0511
|
If
to Buyer:
|
Tangshan
Caofeidian Investment Co., Ltd.
2nd
Floor, Business & Commercial Affairs Centre,
Caofedian
Industrial Zone,
Tanghai
County,
Tangshan
City, Hebei Province 063200,
People’s
Republic of China
Attention: General
Manager
Facsimile: +86 0315 882
0517
|
11.5 Arbitration.
(a) Any
dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or relating to, or in connection
with, this Agreement or the breach, termination, enforcement, interpretation or
validity thereof, including the determination of the scope and applicability of
this Agreement to arbitrate, but specifically excluding resolution of disputes
regarding adjustments to arrive at the Final Purchase Price addressed in Section
1.4, shall be referred to and finally resolved by arbitration in Singapore in
accordance with the Arbitration Rules of the Singapore International Arbitration
Center (“SIAC Rules”) at the time in force, which rules are deemed to be
incorporated herein by reference. The SIAC tribunal (the “Tribunal”)
shall consist of three arbitrators to be appointed in accordance with the SIAC
Rules. The language of the arbitration shall be English.
(b) The
prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable costs and expenses,
including witness fees and expenses, arbitrators’ fees and expenses, and fees
and expenses of legal representation, incurred in the arbitration proceedings or
in any action to enforce this Agreement or any arbitral award in any judicial
proceeding.
(c) The
arbitral award shall be delivered to the parties, shall be in writing, shall
state the reasons for the award, and shall be final and binding upon the
parties, and the parties agree to be bound thereby and to act
accordingly. The Tribunal shall be empowered to grant either party
summary judgment (or its equivalent) based on documentary evidence alone or, if
a hearing shall be required, such hearing shall be held as soon as reasonably
practicable after the completion of the Memorandum of Issues. The
Tribunal shall apply applicable
substantive laws. The Tribunal shall not
have power to award damages in connection with any dispute in excess of actual
compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award
consequential or punitive damages or award any other damages that are excluded
under the provisions of Article X of this Agreement. Nothing in this
Section 11.5 shall prevent any party from seeking conservatory or interim
measures, including, but not limited to, temporary restraining orders or
preliminary injunctions or their equivalent, from any court of competent
jurisdiction before the Tribunal is constituted or, thereafter, upon the order
of the Tribunal.
(d) Judgment
upon any award may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof or having
jurisdiction over the relevant party or its assets. Each of the
parties knowingly, voluntarily, intentionally and expressly waives any and all
rights it may have to a trial by jury with respect to any litigation instituted
to compel arbitration pursuant to this Section 11.5 or to confirm, enforce,
vacate, modify or correct an award. Each of the parties acknowledges
and agrees that any party may effect a valid service or process in any
arbitration or judicial proceedings by delivering any arbitral or judicial
process or notice by utilizing the provisions set out in Section
11.4.
11.6 Further
Assurances
. The
parties agree (a) to furnish upon request to each other such further
information, (b) to execute and deliver to each other such other documents and
(c) to do such other acts and things, all as the other party may reasonably
request for the purpose of carrying out the intent of this
Agreement.
11.7 Waiver
. The
rights and remedies of the parties to this Agreement are cumulative and not
alternative. Neither the failure nor any delay by any party in
exercising any right, power, or privilege under this Agreement or the documents
referred to in this Agreement will operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with
respect to, such right, power, or privilege, and no single or partial exercise
of any such right, power, or privilege will preclude any other or further
exercise of such right, power, or privilege or the exercise of any other right,
power, or privilege. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable
law, (a) no claim or right arising out of this Agreement or the documents
referred to in this Agreement can be discharged by one party, in whole or in
part, by a waiver or renunciation of the claim or right unless in writing signed
by the other party, (b) no waiver that may be given by a party will be
applicable except in the specific instance for which it is given; and (c) no
notice to or demand on one party will be deemed to be a waiver of any obligation
of such party or of the right of the party giving such notice or demand to take
further action without notice or demand as provided in this Agreement or the
documents referred to in this Agreement by the party against whom enforcement is
sought and such notice or demand expressly references the provision of this
Agreement that is waived.
11.8 Entire Agreement and
Modification
. This
Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties
with respect to its subject matter and constitutes (along with the documents
referred to in this Agreement) a complete and exclusive statement of the terms
of the agreement between the parties with respect to its subject
matter. This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented in
whole or in part at any time only by an agreement in writing between Buyer and
Seller.
11.9 Seller’s
Schedule
. The
disclosures in the Seller’s Schedule
relate to the representations and warranties in the Section of the Agreement to
which they expressly relate and to other representations or warranties in this
Agreement, to the extent that such other representation and warranty would
reasonably be expected to be pertinent to the disclosures made.
11.10 Assignments, Successors, and
No Third-Party Rights
. No
party may assign any of its rights or delegate any of its obligations under this
Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, which will not
be unreasonably withheld. Subject to the preceding sentence, this
Agreement will apply to, be binding in all respects upon, and inure to the
benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of the
parties. Nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement will be
construed to give any Person other than the parties to this Agreement, and their
respective successors and assigns, any legal or equitable right, remedy, or
claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provision of this
Agreement. This Agreement and all of its provisions and conditions
are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement and
their successors and assigns.
11.11 Severability
. If
any provision of this Agreement, or the application of any such provision to any
Person or circumstance, is held invalid or unenforceable by any court of
competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of this Agreement will remain in
full force and effect. Any provision of this Agreement held invalid
or unenforceable only in part or degree will remain in full force and effect to
the extent not held invalid or unenforceable.
11.12 Time of
Essence
. With
regard to all dates and time periods set forth or referred to in this Agreement,
time is of the essence.
11.13 Governing
Law
. This
Agreement and all the transactions contemplated hereby, and all disputes between
the parties under or related to this Agreement or the facts and circumstances
leading to its execution, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, will be
governed by and construed in accordance with the law of Hong Kong without giving effect to
its principles of conflict of laws requiring the substantive law of any other
jurisdiction.
11.14 Equitable
Remedies
. In
addition to legal remedies, to the extent allowed pursuant to this Agreement or
by law, in recognition of the fact that remedies at law may not be sufficient,
the parties hereto (and their successors) shall be entitled to equitable
remedies including, without limitation, specific performance and
injunction.
11.15 Execution
. This
Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which when taken
together shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become
effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the
other party, it being understood that both parties need not sign the same
counterpart. In the event that any signature is delivered by
facsimile transmission, or by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” data file, such
signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or
on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if
such facsimile or e-mail signature page were an original thereof.
11.16 Other Definitional and
Interpretive Matters.
(a) The
parties have participated jointly in negotiating and drafting this
Agreement. In the event that an ambiguity or a question of intent or
interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly
by the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or
disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this
Agreement.
(b) Unless
otherwise expressly provided, for purposes of this Agreement, the following
rules of interpretation shall apply:
(i) Calculation of Time
Period. When calculating the period of time before which,
within which or following which, any act is to be done or step taken pursuant to
this Agreement, the date that is the reference date in calculating such period
shall be excluded. If the last day of such period is a non-Business
Day, the period in question shall end on the next succeeding Business
Day.
(ii) Agreement. Any
definition of or reference in this Agreement to any agreement, contract,
document, instrument or other record shall be construed as referring to such
agreement, contract, document, instrument or other record as from time to time
amended, supplemented restated or otherwise modified (subject to any restriction
on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein).
(iii) Dollars. Any
reference in this Agreement to “dollar” or “$” shall mean U.S.
dollars.
(iv) Gender and
Number. Any reference in this Agreement to gender shall
include all genders, and words imparting the singular number only shall include
the plural and vice versa.
(v) Headings. The
provision of a Table of Contents, the division of this Agreement into Articles,
Sections and other subdivisions and the insertion of headings are for
convenience of reference only and shall not affect or be utilized in construing
or interpreting this Agreement. All references in this Agreement to
any “Section” are to the corresponding Section of this Agreement unless
otherwise specified.
(vi) Herein. The
words such as “herein,” “hereby, “hereto”, “hereinafter,” “hereof,” “hereunder”
and derivative or similar words refer to this Agreement as a whole and not
merely to a subdivision in which such words appear unless the context otherwise
requires.
(vii) Including. The
word “including” or any variation thereof means (unless the context of its usage
requires otherwise) “including, but not limited to,” and shall not be construed
to limit any general statement that it follows to the specific or similar items
or matters immediately following it.
[Signature
page follows]
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Agreement
effective as of the date first written above.
|
“BUYER”
TANGSHAN
CAOFEIDIAN INVESTMENT CO., LTD., a PRC corporation
By:
/s/ Yong Dong
Liu
Name: Yong
Dong Liu
Title: General
Manager
|
|
“SELLER”
EMCORE
CORPORATION, a New Jersey corporation
By: /s/ Hong Q.
Hou
Name: Hong
Q.
Hou
Title: Chief
Executive Officer
|
ex10-2.htm
EXHIBIT
10.2
3rd
February 2010
TANGSHAN
CAOFEIDIAN INVESTMENT CO., LTD
EMCORE
CORPORATION
THIS SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT
(Agreement) is made on this third
day of February 2010.
(1) TANGSHAN CAOFEIDIAN INVESTMENT
CO., LIMITED, a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of
the People’s Republic of China, with its principal place of business
at Kilometre Zero, Caofeidian Industrial Zone, Tangshan City, Hebei
Province 063200, People’s Republic of China (Party A);
and
(2) EMCORE CORPORATION, a
publicly listed company incorporated under the laws of New Jersey, with its
principal executive office at 1600 Eubank Boulevard, Albuquerque, New Mexico,
USA (Party
B).
WHEREAS
(A) Pursuant
to a share purchase agreement dated 3rd February 2010 (SPA),
Party B has agreed to sell and Party A has agreed to purchase a 60% interest in
the share capital of a newly established Hong Kong subsidiary of Party B (the
Company) which
will directly or indirectly (through its subsidiaries) hold Party B’s fibre
optic assets for the operation of the Business.
(B) Following
the completion of the said share purchase pursuant to the SPA, Party A and Party
B will own 60% and 40% of the equity interests of the Company,
respectively.
(C) The
Parties have entered into this Agreement in order to set out the terms governing
the relationship of Party A and Party B as Shareholders in the Company as well
as the management and operation of the Company.
IT IS HEREBY AGREED as
follows:
1. Definitions
and interpretations
1.1 Definitions
Words and
expressions used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set out below unless
the context otherwise requires:
Acceptance
Period has the meaning as set out in Clause 9.3(b).
Affiliate
of any particular Person means any other Person Controlling, Controlled by or
under common Control with such Person.
Articles
of Association means the memorandum and
articles of association of the Company jointly agreed by the Shareholders (as
may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time).
Auditing
Firm means PriceWaterhouseCoopers, Ernst & Young, Deloitte Touche
Tohmatsu, KPMG, or their joint venture accounting firms incorporated in the PRC,
or such other accounting firms with comparable qualifications and international
reputation as may be approved from time to time by the Board.
Board
means the Company’s board of directors as constituted from time to
time.
Board Term
has the meaning as set out in Clause 6.2.
Business
means the business of the Group Companies which shall be the designing,
manufacturing and selling of telecom, enterprise, cable tv,
fiber-to-the-premises, video transport, sub-systems and systems that enable the
transmission of video, voice and data over high-capacity fiber optic cables in
various fiber-optic transmission networks, and/or such other business activity
as may be approved by the Board from time to time.
Business
Day means any day (except Saturday or Sunday) on which banks in Hong
Kong, Beijing and New York City are open for the transaction of normal banking
business.
Budget
means the budget for the initial 24 months of operation of the Company following
the Establishment Date as set out in Schedule 3 of this Agreement and, for any period
thereafter, the agreed budget of the Group Companies as approved by the Board
prior to the start of each Financial Year.
Business Plan
means the business plan for the initial 24 months of operation of the
Company following the Establishment Date as set out in Schedule 4 of this Agreement and, for any period
thereafter, the agreed business plan of the Group Companies as approved by the
Board prior to the start of each Financial Year.
CEO means
the chief executive officer of the Company.
CFO means
the chief financial officer of the Company.
Chairman
means the Chairman of the Board.
Change of
Control in respect of a Person occurs when another Person who is not an
Affiliate of such Person acquires, directly or indirectly, either by itself or
in concert with others, Control over such Person.
Completion
means the closing of the SPA in accordance with the terms of the
SPA.
Confidential
Information means and includes all proprietary information and/or the
information relating to the business or assets of any of the Parties, the
Company or their respective Affiliates (including oral, video or electronic data
and information or those transmitted or acquired in writing via any other
media), which is acquired by a Party by virtue of this Agreement or in its
capacity as a Shareholder.
Control
means:
(a)
|
the
ownership or control (directly or indirectly) of more than 50 per cent of
the voting share capital of the relevant undertaking;
or
|
(b)
|
the
ability to direct the casting of more than 50 per cent of the votes
exercisable at general meetings of the relevant undertaking on all, or
substantially all, matters; or
|
(c)
|
the
right to appoint or remove directors of the relevant undertaking holding a
majority of the voting rights at meetings of the board on all, or
substantially all, matters.
|
COO means
the chief operating officer of the Company.
Deadlock
has the meaning as set out in Clause 10.2.
Deadlock Notice
has the meaning as set out in Clause 10.3.
Deadlock Offer
Notice has the meaning as set out in Clause 10.4.
Deed of Adherence
means a deed in the form set out in Schedule 2.
Defaulting
Party has the meaning as set out in Clause 11.1(d).
Directors
means the directors who are appointed by the Company from time to time in
accordance with this Agreement and the Articles of Association, including any
alternate director where applicable.
Dispute
has the meaning as set out in Clause 29.1.
Emergency
Deadlock Event has the meaning as set out in Clause 10.8.
Encumbrance
means any mortgage, pledge, lien, restriction, assignment, security interest,
title retention, option, priority, trust arrangement, equity interest, any type
of preferential arrangement, hypothecation or security arrangement, or any other
agreement or arrangement which causes a guarantee or any other person’s equity,
equity interest or right (including any right to acquire, option, pre-emptive
right or priority).
ESOP means
the Company’s employee share option plan to be drawn up by the Parties and
approved by the Board.
Establishment
Date means the date of establishment of the Company as a joint venture
between Party A and Party B, being the date of Completion of the transactions
contemplated under the SPA.
Event of Force
Majeure has the meaning as set out in Clause 22.1.
Financial
Year means any fiscal year of the Group Companies commencing from 1st
January to 31st December of any given calendar year.
Fundamental
Issue has the meaning as set out in Clause 10.3.
Group
Company means the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries.
Governmental
Body means any:
(a)
|
nation,
state, county, city, town, village, district, or other jurisdiction of any
nature;
|
(b)
|
federal,
state, local, municipal, foreign, or other
government;
|
(c)
|
governmental
or quasi-governmental authority of any nature (including any governmental
agency, branch, department, official, or entity and any court, arbitral
body or other tribunal with competent
jurisdiction);
|
(d)
|
multi-national
or supra-national organization or body;
or
|
(e)
|
body
exercising, or entitled to exercise, any administrative, executive,
judicial, legislative, police, regulatory, or taxing authority or power of
any nature, including any national securities exchange (and including, for
this purpose, any automated quotation
service).
|
IFRS means
International Financial Reporting Standards promulgated by the International
Accounting Standards Board (IASB)
(which includes standards and interpretations approved by the IASB and
International Accounting Standards (IAS)
issued under previous constitutions), together with its pronouncements thereon
from time to time, and applied on a consistent basis.
Initial Equity
Interest has the meaning as set out in Clause 9.2.
Insolvency
Event means any of the following:
(a)
|
a
court of competent jurisdiction makes an order or a resolution is passed,
for the dissolution, liquidation, winding up, administration or
reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or
otherwise) of a Person, whether out of court or otherwise (and otherwise
than in the course of a reorganisation or restructuring previously
approved in writing by all the other
Shareholders);
|
(b)
|
any
step is taken whether out of court or otherwise (which is not withdrawn or
discharged within 30 days) to appoint a liquidator, manager, receiver,
administrator or other similar officer (whether out of court or otherwise)
in respect of a Person; or
|
(c)
|
if
a Person enters into any composition, assignment or arrangement with its
creditors generally.
|
Lock-up Period
means the period from the date of this Agreement up to the end of the
second anniversary following Establishment Date.
Material Event of
Force Majeure has the meaning as set out in Clause 22.3.
Non-transferring
Shareholder has the meaning as set out in Clause 9.3(a).
Offered
Shares has the meaning as set out in Clause 9.3(b).
Ordinance
means the Companies Ordinance of Hong Kong (Cap. 32).
PRC means
the People’s Republic of China, which, for the purposes of this Agreement does
not include the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macau Special
Administrative Region and the territory of Taiwan.
PRC GAAP
means the PRC Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.
PRC
Subsidiary has meaning set out in Clause 5.2.
Pre-emptive
Right has the meaning as set out in Clause 9.3(b).
Regulatory
Approvals means any necessary
approvals required by any competent governmental or regulatory agencies or
authorities;
Reserved Matters
has the meaning as set out in Clause 6.7.
Share(s)
means the ordinary share(s) with par value of HK$0.01 each in the share capital
of the Company, having the rights and benefits as granted by, and being subject
to the restrictions set out in, the Articles of Association.
Shareholders
means Persons at the relevant time hold Shares (and Shareholder means any one of
them), including any Person to whom Shares have been Transferred or issued and
who has agreed to be bound by this Agreement by executing a Deed of
Adherence.
Shareholders
Loans has the meaning as set out in Clause 4.1.
Shareholders’
Meeting has the meaning set out in Clause 8.1.
SIAC has
the meaning as set out in Clause 29.1.
Subsidiaries
or Subsidiary
means, in relation to a specific Person (holding
company), any company or other commercial entity who is Controlled by the
holding company (either directly or through one or more
Subsidiaries).
Surviving
Provisions means Clause 1 (Definitions And
Interpretations), Clause 15 (Confidentiality), Clause 16 (Entire Agreement), Clause 18 (No Assignment), Clause 19 (Modification), Clause 20 (Notices), Clause 21 (Waiver), Clause 25 (Costs And Tax), Clause 26 (Conflict with the Articles Of
Association), Clause 27 (Severability), Clause 28 (Governing Law), Clause 29 (Dispute Resolution) and
Clause 30 (Language).
Termination
Events has the meaning as set out in Clause 11.1.
Third Party
Purchaser has the meaning as set out in Clause 9.3(a).
Transfer
means to sell, assign, hypothecate or create any charge on, security
interest in or any other Encumbrance on, or otherwise dispose of.
Transfer
Notice has the meaning as set out in Clause 9.3(a).
Tribunal
has the meaning as set out in Clause 29.1.
US$ means
the United States Dollar, the lawful currency of the United States of
America.
US
Subsidiary means the corporation incorporated in the State of Delaware
which holds the principal U.S.-based assets of the Business.
1.2 Interpretation
(a)
|
Unless
the context otherwise requires, capitalised terms not defined in this
Agreement shall have the meaning as set forth in the
SPA.
|
(b)
|
Words
importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa, and words
importing one gender shall include every
gender.
|
(c)
|
The
headings in this Agreement are inserted for ease of reference only and do
not affect the construction or interpretation of this
Agreement.
|
(d)
|
References
to a “Person” shall include a body corporate, unincorporated organisation
and partnership (in each case whether or not having separate legal
personality).
|
(e)
|
References
to any document (including this Agreement) are the references to that
document together with any amendment, supplementation or modification
thereto or consolidation or novation thereof as made from time to
time.
|
(f)
|
Where
any obligation in this Agreement is expressed to be undertaken or assumed
by any Party, that obligation is to be construed as requiring the Party
concerned to exercise, to the extent possible, all rights and powers of
control over the affairs of any other Person which it is able to exercise
(whether directly or indirectly) in order to secure performance of the
obligation.
|
2. Shareholding
structure of the Company
2.1 The
authorised share capital of the Company shall be HK$1,000,000 divided into
[100,000,000] Shares with a par value of HK$0.01 per Share. The issued share
capital of the Company as of the Establishment Date shall be 10,000,000
Shares.
2.2 On the
Establishment Date, the number of Shares held by Party A and Party B
respectively shall be as follows:
Shareholder
|
Total
number of Shares
|
Shareholding
Proportion at Completion
|
Party
A
|
6,000,000
|
60%
|
Party
B
|
4,000,000
|
40%
|
3. Employee
Share Option Plan
3.1 The
Parties agree that as soon as practicable following the Establishment Date, the
ESOP shall be submitted to the Board for review and approval. The
ESOP shall contemplate the issuance of an additional 10% of the share capital in
the Company to specified categories of employees of the Group Companies upon
exercise of the option rights granted under the ESOP. The Parties shall cause
all Directors to vote in favour of the ESOP.
4. Shareholders
loans and Future Financing
4.1 Shareholders
Loans
Each of
Party A and Party B (each, a Lending Shareholder) shall provide shareholders
loans in accordance with this Clause 4 on the terms
provided in Schedule 5 (the Shareholders
Loans) following the Establishment Date.
4.2 Party
A Loan
Party A
shall provide a term loan in the aggregate amount of US$18,000,000 (or its
equivalent, in such proportion of RMB and US$ to be agreed by the Shareholders)
no later than ninety (90) days following the Establishment Date to the Company
to be utilised in accordance with the Business Plan and Budget. In addition,
Party A shall within ninety (90) days after the first anniversary of the
Establishment Date provide an additional term loan in the aggregate amount of
US$9,000,000 (or its equivalent, in such proportion of RMB and US$ to be agreed
by the Shareholders) to the Company to be utilised in accordance with the
Business Plan and Budget. The principal terms of the term loans shall be as set
out in Schedule 5.
4.3 Party
B Loan
Party B
shall within five (5) Business Days following Completion, provide a shareholder
loan to the Company for an aggregate amount of US$2,000,000 to be paid into a
U.S. bank account designated by the Company, to be utilised in accordance with
the Business Plan and Budget. In addition, Party B shall on or around the first
anniversary of within ninety (90) days after the first anniversary of the
Establishment Date provide an additional term loan in the aggregate amount of
US$1,000,000 to the Company to be utilised in accordance with the Business Plan
and Budget. The principal terms of the term loans shall be as set out in Schedule 5.
4.4 Priority
of Shareholders Loan
Unless
otherwise agreed by Party A and Party B, the Shareholders Loans shall be rank
pari passu with each
other and with respect to any other present and future unsecured and
unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company owed to the Shareholders and their
Affiliates or third parties from time to time.
4.5 Use
of Shareholders Loan
The
Shareholders agree that the Company and its Subsidiaries shall use the
Shareholders Loans only for the following purposes and in accordance with the
Budget and Business Plan of the Company as approved by the Board from time to
time:
(a)
|
to
expand capacity by setting up new facilities in the
PRC;
|
(b)
|
as
capital contribution to (or subsequent increase in the capital of) the
Subsidiaries of Company;
|
(c)
|
to
satisfy the working capital needs of the Group Companies;
and
|
(d)
|
for
general corporate purpose(s) of the Group Companies in relation to the
Business (including research and development, and acquisitions as approved
by the Board).
|
4.6 Future
Capital Increase and Financing
Increase
of share capital
4.7 The share
capital of the Company may be increased from time to time as the Shareholders
may agree in accordance with this Agreement. In case of any proposed
increase in the share capital, each Shareholder shall be entitled (but has no
obligation) to subscribe to such increase on a pro-rata basis in proportion to
its shareholdings in the Company at the time of the increase. Each
Shareholder may exercise its right to subscribe for all or any of its entitled
amount of the capital increase by giving notice in writing to the Company within
twenty (20) Business Days after a preliminary proposal with respect to the
increase in registered capital has been approved by the Board.
4.8 Notwithstanding
Clause 4.7, if a Shareholder does not subscribe for
its full pro rata entitlement in respect of a capital increase in the manner
described in Clause 4.7, to the extent permitted by
law and subject to Regulatory Approvals, the other Shareholder shall have the
right at its option, by giving a written notice to the Company and the
non-subscribing Shareholder within ten (10) Business Days after the expiration
of the twenty (20) Business Day period referred to in Clause 4.7, to subscribe for all or any part of such
Shareholder’s pro rata entitlement for which the Shareholder has not
subscribed.
Future
financing
4.9 Subject
to on-going review of expansion and acquisition strategies by the Board, the
Shareholders agree that it is their intention that the Company will expand
primarily through acquisitions and Party A shall be responsible for either
providing, arranging or assisting in the arrangement of financing for such
acquisitions that have been approved by the Board.
4.10 If and to
the extent that all the Shareholders agree to participate in any such guarantee,
bond or financing arrangement then, unless the Shareholders agree
otherwise:
(a)
|
any
liability or obligation to be assumed by them in relation to any such
guarantee, bond or financing arrangement shall be borne pro rata to their
existing shareholdings in the Company;
and
|
(b)
|
any
such liability or obligation shall be several and not joint or joint and
several.
|
5. Business
Business
principles
5.1 The
Business of the Group Companies shall be conducted based on sound commercial
principles, in accordance with the Business Plan and Budget as formulated and
approved by the Board from time to time, and in compliance with all applicable
laws. The initial Budget and Business Plan of the Group Companies which have
been formulated and agreed by the Shareholders are appended in Schedule 3 and Schedule 4 respectively.
Establishment
of PRC operations
5.2 Pursuant
to the Restructuring Plan of Party B, Party B shall as soon as practicable after
the establishment of the Company, procure the Company to apply to the relevant
Governmental Bodies for the incorporation of a foreign-invested enterprise in
Caofeidian Industrial Zone, Tangshan City, Hebei Province, PRC (the PRC
Subsidiary). The Parties will endeavour to agree on the name,
registered capital, total investment, business scope, term and other relevant
matters concerning the PRC Subsidiary as soon as practicable following the date
of this Agreement.
All costs
in connection with the establishment of the PRC Subsidiary shall be borne by the
Company, and the Company shall reimburse each Party in full for all reasonable
and proper costs incurred on behalf of the Company in connection with the
foregoing.
6. Board
of directors
Board
of Directors
6.1 The
Company shall be managed by the Board in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement and applicable laws. The Board shall be responsible for the overall
strategy, direction, policy and management of the Group Companies.
Subject to Clause 9.2(b), the Board shall consist
of five (5) Directors, three (3) of whom shall be nominated by Party A, two (2)
of whom shall be nominated by Party B, and their appointment shall be subject to
formal appointment at the Shareholders Meeting. Each Shareholder shall forthwith
take all steps necessary to ensure (by the exercise of voting rights or
otherwise) that the persons nominated as Directors pursuant to this Clause 6.1 are so appointed.
6.2 The Board
shall have a term of three (3) years (the Board
Term). At the end of the Board Term, a new Board shall be
elected, and members of the Board may stand for re-election upon nomination by
the relevant Shareholder in accordance with this Agreement. If for any reason a
new Board has not been elected upon the end of the Board Term, the existing
Directors shall continue to serve as Directors and exercise powers and discharge
duties accordingly, until a new Board has been elected.
6.3 Subject
to the legal obligations of the Directors, each Shareholder shall use best
efforts to procure that the Directors it nominates comply with this Agreement
and take all necessary measures to give effect to this Agreement.
Nomination
and removal
6.4 Any
Shareholder may at any time, by placing a written notice to the Board and by
sending a copy of the same to the other Shareholder, remove any Director
nominated by it. The Directors shall take all actions necessary in order to
remove such Director as soon as practicable after receipt of such written
notice. Upon a Director’s position becoming vacant by reason of removal,
resignation, retirement, illness, loss of civil capacity, death or any other
reason, the Party that originally nominated such Director may by written notice
to the Board and sending a copy of the same to the other Shareholder, nominate a
new Director to fill the vacant position. The Directors shall take all actions
necessary in order to appoint such nominee to the Board as soon as practicable
after receipt of such written notice. The Director nominated to fill the vacant
position shall serve out the remaining Board Term. In the event that
any Shareholder ceases to hold any Shares, such Shareholder shall procure that
all the Directors appointed by it shall immediately resign from the Board. Each
Party agrees that it will not arbitrarily and without just cause act to remove a
Director nominated by the other Party at a Shareholders’ Meeting.
Compensation
upon removal
6.5 Any
Shareholder who removes any Director in accordance with this Clause 6 and the relevant provisions of the Articles of
Association shall bear and indemnify the other Shareholder and the Company in
full for any liability arising from such removal and in connection with any
claim for unfair and wrongful dismissal, and any reasonable costs and expenses
incurred in defending such claim, including without limitation the attorney fees
actually paid.
Board
meetings
6.6 The Board
shall convene a meeting at least twice a year to be held in such location as
stated in the notice of meeting (provided that such location shall be reasonably
convenient for the Directors), and such meeting may be attended in person or by
means of telephone, videoconferencing or any other modern communication devices
using which the Directors can properly communicate with each other in real time,
and the Directors who properly attended a meeting via such devices shall be
deemed to have attended in person.
6.7 At each
meeting of the Board, and in respect of each resolution proposed to the Board,
each Director shall have one (1) vote. Subject to Clause 6.10 and unless otherwise required by the Ordinance or
other applicable laws, all resolutions passed by the Board shall be adopted by
the affirmative votes of a simple majority of the Directors present at the
meeting in person or by proxy. Notwithstanding the foregoing and
subject to Clause 6.10, the adoption of any
resolutions for any of the matters set out in Schedule 1 (the Reserved
Matters) shall require the affirmative vote of at least one (1) Director
nominated by Party A and at least one (1) Director nominated by Party B,
provided, however, that the Reserved Matters shall cease to require the
affirmative vote of at least one (1) Director nominated by Party B immediately
upon a Change of Control occurring in respect of Party B.
Notice
of meetings
6.8 Unless
otherwise waived by all the Directors, the notice of each meeting of the Board
shall be sent to each Director not less than fourteen (14) days prior to the
convening of such meeting and shall be accompanied by the agenda of the meeting
together with all written papers to be circulated to the Directors or be
presented at the meeting. Within fourteen (14) days after such
meeting, a copy of the minutes of that meeting shall be delivered to each
Director. Unless otherwise agreed by the Board, the minutes of
meetings of the Board shall be prepared in English and Chinese
languages.
Chairman
6.9 Party A
shall nominate a Director to act as the Chairman. Any Director may
convene a Board meeting and the Chairman (or in his absence, any other Director
elected at a Board meeting) shall preside over the Board meeting. The Chairman
shall not have a casting vote in the event of a deadlock over any matter to be
decided by the Board.
Quorum
6.10 Each
Board meeting shall require a quorum of at least three (3) Directors, present in
person or by proxy, and shall include at least one (1) Director appointed by
Party A and one (1) Director appointed by Party B. If proper notice
to convene a Board meeting under Clause 6.8 has
been given and if the required number of Directors fail to attend the meeting by
themselves or by proxy within one (1) hour of the time scheduled for the
commencement of the Board meeting, and therefore a quorum is not constituted in
accordance with this Clause 6.10, such Board meeting shall be adjourned and
reconvened in the same location and at the same time on the seventh (7th) day
(or such later date as specified by the Chairman) from the date of the earlier
meeting, and if at the reconvened meeting a quorum is not present within one (1)
hour from the time scheduled for the commencement of the Board meeting, then the
Directors present (provided their numbers shall be not less than two) shall be
deemed to constitute a quorum. In the event that a meeting is reconvened and
held in accordance with this Clause 6.10, only such
matters as are specified in the agenda for the originally scheduled meeting may
be dealt with and be decided upon at such reconvened meeting.
Attendance
by Proxy
6.11 If any
Director is unable to attend a Board meeting, he may send a written notice to
the Board at least one (1) Business Day prior to the date of convening the Board
meeting and appoint an alternate to attend the meeting as proxy. An alternate
director shall be a person already serving as a Director at the time of
appointment and may represent one or more Directors. Such alternate
director shall be entitled to attend and vote at meetings of the Board and to be
included in the quorum. Each alternate director shall have one (1)
vote of every Director whom he represents, in addition to his own vote as a
Director.
Written
resolutions
6.12 A written
resolution signed by all Directors then entitled to receive a notice of Board
meeting shall be deemed as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a
meeting of the Board duly convened and held, without the need for any agenda or
notice. The signature of any Director may be given by his
alternate. Any such resolution may be signed by the Directors in one
or more counterparts which shall, when taken together, constitute one and the
same document. A cable, telex, fax message or other written electronic
communication sent by a Director or his alternate shall be deemed to be a
document signed by him for the purposes of this Clause 6.12.
Remuneration
6.13 The
remuneration of Directors, officers and senior management personnel of the
Company shall be approved by the Shareholders at the annual general meeting of
the Company. The Company shall reimburse a Director for reasonable
expenses incurred in respect of travelling, accommodations and other living
expenses to attend Board meetings if the Board agrees to do so.
Subsidiaries
of the Company
6.14 The
Shareholders shall procure that, subject to applicable laws and regulations in
the jurisdiction in which the relevant Subsidiary is incorporated, the size,
composition, term and procedure of the board of each of the Subsidiaries of the
Company (including any future Subsidiaries to be established by the Company)
shall be consistent with those adopted for the Board of the Company as set forth
above.
7. Management
of Group Companies
Appointment
of management personnel
7.1 For the
first and second Board Term and provided that Party B holds no less than 25% of
the Shares in the Company, Party B shall be entitled to nominate the CEO (whose
appointment shall be approved by the Board), who shall in turn be entitled to
nominate the COO and appoint other senior management personnel of the Company
(other than the CFO) to be approved by the Board. Party B shall ensure that the
CEO candidate it nominates, and shall procure the CEO to ensure that each of the
candidates for other senior management personnel he nominates or appoints, shall
have good moral character and possess the requisite levels of expertise,
qualifications and experience to fulfil the position for which he has been
nominated. At the earliest of (a) the end of the second Board
Term; (b) when Party B ceases to hold at least 25% of the Shares in
the Company; or (c) immediately upon a Change of Control occurring in respect of
Party B, Party B shall cease to have the right to nominate the CEO and the CEO
shall thereafter be appointed by the Board upon nomination of either
Shareholder.
7.2 The CEO,
CFO and COO shall be responsible to the Board and their respective powers,
duties and responsibilities shall be within such scope as specified by the
Board.
7.3 For the
first and second Board Term and provided that Party A holds no less than 25% of
the Shares in the Company, Party A shall be entitled to nominate the CFO (whose
appointment shall be approved by the Board). Party A shall ensure that the CFO
candidate it nominates shall have good moral character and possess the requisite
levels of expertise, qualifications and experience to fulfil the position for
which he has been nominated. At the earlier of (a) the end of the second Board
Term or (b) when Party A ceases to hold at least 25% of the Shares in the
Company, Party A shall cease to have the right to nominate the CFO and the CFO
shall thereafter be appointed by the Board upon the nomination by either
Shareholder.
7.4 Any
Shareholder may at any time, by placing a written notice to the Board and by
sending a copy of the same to the other Shareholder, remove any management
personnel nominated by it. The Directors shall take all actions necessary in
order to remove such management personnel as soon as practicable after receipt
of such written notice. Upon a management position becoming vacant by reason of
removal, resignation, retirement, illness, loss of civil capacity, death or any
other reason, the Party that originally nominated such management personnel may
by written notice to the Board and sending a copy of the same to the other
Shareholder, nominate a new management personnel to fill the vacant position.
The Directors shall take all actions necessary in order to approve the
appointment of such nominee as soon as practicable after receipt of such written
notice.
7.5 The
Shareholders shall procure that, subject to applicable laws and regulations in
the jurisdiction in which the relevant Subsidiary is incorporated, the
nomination of senior management personnel of each Subsidiary (including any
future Subsidiaries to be established by the Company) shall be effected in
accordance with the provisions set forth in Clauses 7.1 and 7.2 above, and
the board of directors of each Subsidiary shall accordingly appoint such senior
management personnel so nominated.
7.6 The term
of office of the CEO, COO and CFO of the Company (and the equivalent positions
of each Subsidiary) shall be three (3) years, or such other term as deemed
appropriate by the board of directors of the relevant Group
Company. Upon expiration of the term of service, an individual may
serve consecutive terms if re-appointed by the board of directors of the
relevant Group Company. The CEO, COO and CFO of the Company (and the
equivalent positions of each Subsidiary) may only be removed by the board of
directors of the relevant Group Company by resolution. In such case,
each successor shall be nominated and appointed in the same manner as his
predecessor, and shall serve out the remaining term of service of his
predecessor.
7.7 Performance
benchmarks of the Company shall be decided by the Board. The Board
will review on a regular basis the Company’s actual performance against the
financial, operational and strategic benchmarks set by the Board at the
beginning of each year, with a view to assess the conditions of the
Company. If the Company’s performance does not meet the relevant
benchmarks, the Board will consider adopting strategic alternatives (including
sale of the Company or its assets), and such decisions shall not constitute a
Reserved Matter of the Board.
8. Shareholders’
meeting
Shareholders’
meeting and voting rights
8.1 An annual
general meeting of the Company shall be convened by the Board within four (4)
months after the end of each Financial Year, unless otherwise required by the
Ordinance or the Articles of Association of the Company, in Hong Kong, the PRC
or the United States or any other location provided that such location shall be
reasonably convenient for the Directors and Shareholders. General
meetings other than such annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary
general meetings (such annual general meetings and extraordinary general
meetings to be collectively referred to as Shareholders'
Meeting). Unless waived by all Shareholders, the notice of each
Shareholders’ Meeting shall be given by the Chairman to all Shareholders no less
than thirty (30) days prior to the date of convening such meeting, and shall be
accompanied by the agenda of the meeting together with all written papers to be
circulated to the Shareholders or presented at the meeting. In
addition, any extraordinary general meeting of the Shareholders may be held and
convened by the Shareholders in accordance with the Ordinance. Within
fourteen (14) days after each Shareholders’ Meeting, a copy of the minutes of
that meeting shall be delivered to each Shareholder. The minutes of
Shareholders’ Meetings shall be written in English and Chinese
languages.
Unless
otherwise prohibited by the Articles of Association of the Company or the
Ordinance, a Shareholders’ Meeting may also be held by means of telephone,
videoconferencing or any other modern communication devices using which the
representatives of the Shareholders can properly communicate with each other in
real time, and the representatives of Shareholders who properly attended a
meeting via such devices shall be deemed to have attended in
person.
Quorum
for Shareholders’ Meeting
8.2 The
quorum required by any Shareholders’ Meeting shall be constituted by at least
one (1) representative appointed by Party A and one (1) representative
appointed by Party B, present in person or by proxy. If proper notice
to convene a Shareholders' Meeting under Clause 8.1 has been given and if the required number
of Shareholders fail to attend the meeting by themselves or by proxy within
one (1) hour of the time scheduled for the commencement of the meeting, and
therefore a quorum is not constituted in accordance with this Clause 8.2, such Board meeting shall be adjourned and
reconvened in the same location and at the same time on the fourteenth (14th) day
(or such later date as specified by the Chairman) from the date of the earlier
meeting, and if at the reconvened meeting a quorum is not present within one (1)
hour from the time scheduled for the commencement of the meeting, then the
Shareholders present shall be deemed to constitute a quorum. In the event that a
Shareholders’ Meeting is reconvened and held in accordance with this Clause 8.2, only such matters as are specified in the agenda
for the originally scheduled meeting may be dealt with and be decided upon at
such reconvened meeting.
Written
resolution
8.3 A written
resolution signed by all of the Shareholders shall be deemed as valid and
effective as the resolution passed at a Shareholders’ Meeting duly convened,
without the need for any agenda and notice. The signature of any
Shareholder may be given by his duly authorised representative. Any
such resolution may be signed by the Shareholders in one or more counterparts
which shall, when taken together, constitute one and the same
document.
Voting
at Shareholders’ Meeting
8.4 Subject
to Clause 8.2 and unless otherwise required by the
Ordinance or other applicable laws, all resolutions passed by the Shareholders’
Meeting shall be adopted by the affirmative votes of more than fifty percent
(50%) of the voting rights present at the relevant Shareholders’
Meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the adoption of any
resolutions for any of the matters set out below shall require the affirmative
votes of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting rights present at the
relevant Shareholders’ Meeting provided, however, that immediately upon a Change
of Control occurring in respect of Party B, the following matters shall, unless
otherwise mandatorily required by the Articles of Association of the Company and
the Ordinance, cease to require at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the
voting rights present at the relevant Shareholders’ Meeting:
(a)
|
modifications
to the Articles of Association of the Company, which do not constitute
corrections, restatements or amendments made to comply with applicable
laws or this Agreement;
|
(b)
|
redemption
of Shares, buy-back of Shares, reduction or conversion of capital or
change of the authorised share capital of the
Company;
|
(c)
|
any
form of reorganisation of the Company, including any merger, amalgamation,
reconstruction or consolidation of the Company with any third
party;
|
(d)
|
winding
up, liquidation or dissolution of the Company or commencement of
bankruptcy proceedings with respect to, or appoint a liquidator or
official receiver to manage the assets of, the
Company.
|
8.5 Each
Shareholder undertakes to the other Shareholders as follows:
(a)
|
to
exercise all voting rights and powers of control in relation to the
Company so as to give full effect to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement; and
|
(b)
|
to
procure the Director(s) appointed by it and its other representatives and
nominees (subject to the Directors’ fiduciary duties to the Company) to
support and implement all resolutions of the
Shareholders.
|
9. Restrictions
on sale of equity interest
Lock-up
of Equity Interest
9.1 During
the Lock-up Period, except with prior written consent of the other Shareholders
or except for the transactions contemplated in Clause 9.4 (Transfer to Affiliates and Mandatory
Transfers), each of the Shareholders shall not Transfer the legal or
beneficial interest in all or any part of the Shares held or owned by it to any
third party.
Transfer
following expiry of Lock-up Period
9.2 Subject
to the provisions in this Clause 9, each
Shareholder shall be permitted to:
(a)
|
transfer
up to twenty five percent (25%) of the total equity interest in the
Company then held by it following the expiry date of the Lock-up Period
(Initial
Equity Interest); and
|
(b)
|
transfer
up to an additional twenty five percent (25%) of its Initial Equity
Interest on or after the expiry of each 12-month anniversary following the
Lock-up Period provided that, if, as a result of such transfer of stock in
the Company, the percentage interests of the parties hereto are reduced,
the following shall apply:
|
(i)
|
Party
A shall only have the right to nominate two (2) Directors if it holds 30%
or more, but less than 45% equity interest in the Company from time to
time;
|
(ii)
|
Party
A and Party B shall only have the right to nominate one (1) Director if
that Party holds 15% or more, but less than 30% equity interest in the
Company from time to time; and
|
(iii)
|
Party
A and Party B shall lose the right to nominate a Director if that Party
holds less than 15% equity interest in the
Company.
|
(c)
|
The
foregoing provisions shall not apply if the Parties’ percentage interests
are reduced through the issuance of additional Shares by the Company
rather than by transfer.
|
Pre-emptive
Right
9.3 Subject
to Clauses 9.1 to 9.2, each of Party A and Party B
undertakes the following:
(a)
|
If
any Shareholder receives a bona fide written offer from a third party
purchaser (the Third Party
Purchaser) and intends to accept such offer, the selling
Shareholder shall give a written notice (the Transfer
Notice) to the other Shareholder (the Non-transferring
Shareholder) relating to the Third Party Purchaser offer and shall
set out details of the identity of the Third Party Purchaser, the price of
and other terms and conditions for the Third Party Purchaser
offer.
|
(b)
|
Subject
to Clause 9.3(d), within fifteen (15) days after receipt of
the Transfer Notice (the Acceptance
Period), the Non-transferring Shareholder shall have the right to
notify the selling Shareholder in writing of its election to purchase all
(but not less than all) of the Shares offered for sale (Offered
Shares) at the price stated in the Third Party Purchaser offer and
under the other terms and conditions as set out in the Transfer Notice
(the Pre-emptive
Right).
|
(c)
|
The
failure by the Non-transferring Shareholder to deliver the notice under
Clause 9.3(b) to the selling Shareholder within the Acceptance Period
shall be deemed as waiver of its right to exercise its Pre-emptive Right.
In such case and subject to Clause 9.3(a), the selling Shareholder may
transfer the Offered Shares to the Third Party Purchaser at the price and
under other terms and conditions not more favourable than those as set out
in the Transfer Notice and based on good faith and arm's length terms,
provided that (i) such transfer shall be completed within ninety (90) days
after the date of the Transfer Notice and the Third Party Purchaser enters
into a Deed of Adherence, and (ii) the Third Party Purchaser purchases all
(but not less than all) of the Shares offered for sale by the selling
Shareholder.
|
(d)
|
For
purposes of this Clause 9.3, a bona fide
offer means a genuine offer obtained through negotiations based on good
faith and arm’s length terms, and given by an unrelated party which is not
otherwise affiliated with the selling
Shareholder.
|
Transfer
to Affiliates and Mandatory Transfers
9.4 Notwithstanding
other provisions of this Clause 9, each Party may
freely transfer all or part of its Shares to one of its
Affiliates. The transferring Shareholder shall give written notice to
the Board and the other Shareholder of the transfer, specifying the name, legal
address and legal representative (if applicable) of the Affiliate and providing
documentary evidence reasonably satisfactory to the other Shareholder that the
proposed transferee is its Affiliate, provided always that such Affiliate shall
enter into a Deed of Adherence.
9.5 Notwithstanding
other provisions of this Clause 9, Party A shall be
entitled to Transfer all or part of its Shares to any PRC state-owned enterprise
that is not controlled by the PRC military or a designated military supplier who
conducts substantial business with the PRC military, provided that:
(a)
|
the
Transfer is required by any applicable PRC law or mandated in writing by a
competent Governmental Body having jurisdiction over Party
A;
|
(b)
|
it
shall give written notice to the Board and Party B in respect of the
transfer, setting out the name, legal address and legal representative (if
applicable) of the transferee; and
|
(c)
|
Party
A agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable PRC law or the competent
Governmental Body, to use reasonable efforts to procure the transferee to
undertake in writing to comply with the terms and conditions of this
Agreement.
|
10. Deadlock
10.1 The
Parties shall cause the Directors to, in good faith, attempt to arrive at a
consensus when considering significant decisions relating to the management and
the operation of the Company. The Parties shall strive to avoid
impasse in decisions to be made by the Board.
10.2 A Deadlock
shall be deemed to have occurred in the event that a decision cannot be made on
any matter to be decided by the Board (including any Reserved Matter as
specified in Schedule 1) due to which no
action can be taken on the matter in question in three (3) successive duly
convened Board meetings at which a quorum is present.
10.3 Upon a
Deadlock having occurred, either Shareholder may give notice in writing (the
Deadlock
Notice) to the Chief Executive Officer (or person holding an equivalent
position) of the other Shareholder (collectively referred to as the “Chief
Officers”), of the existence of a Deadlock and the issue on which Deadlock has
arisen (hereinafter referred to as the Fundamental
Issue). The Deadlock Notice shall specify in reasonable detail the nature
of the Fundamental Issue giving rise thereto. The Chief Officer receiving the
Deadlock Notice shall promptly arrange for a meeting with the other Chief
Officer for the purpose of resolving the Deadlock. The meeting shall be held
within twenty-five (25) Business Days from the date the Deadlock Notice is
given.
10.4 In the
event the Fundamental Issue is not resolved within seventy-five (75) days after
the aforementioned meeting of the Chief Officers, unless the Shareholders
mutually agree in writing regarding an alternative solution, Party A may within
fifteen (15) Business Days notify Party B (a Deadlock Offer
Notice) specifying a price at which it offers to sell or purchase all
(but not less than all) of the Shares of Party B. If Party A does not issue a
Deadlock Offer Notice within the said fifteen (15) Business Day, Party B may
within a further fifteen (15) Business Days serve a Deadlock Offer Notice on
Party A specifying a price at which it offers to sell or purchase all (but not
less than all) of the Shares of Party A. A Deadlock Offer Notice is
irrevocable.
10.5 Within a
period of ten (10) Business Days after receiving a Deadlock Option Notice, the
recipient Party shall at its sole option elect either to:
(a)
|
buy,
all of the other Party’s Shares at the price stated in the Deadlock Offer
Notice; or
|
(b)
|
require
the other Party to buy all (but not less than all) of the Shares held by
the recipient Party at the same price per Share as would have applied to a
purchase under option (a).
|
10.6 If the
recipient Party fails to make an election within the period stipulated in Clause
10.5, it shall be deemed to have agreed to sell to
the Party issuing the Deadlock Offer Notice all (but not less than all) of the
Shares held by the recipient Party at the same price per Share as would have
applied to a purchase under Clause 10.5(a).
10.7 If (a)
neither Party issues a Deadlock Offer Notice within the required period as
provided under Clause 10.4 or (b) the recipient
Party is deemed to have agreed to sell its Shares under Clause 10.6 but the Party issuing the Deadlock Offer Notice
does not wish to proceed with the purchase, the Parties shall (unless they agree
otherwise) make reasonable efforts to seek a third party purchaser for either
all of the Shares held by both Parties or the entire shareholding of one of the
Parties. If a third party purchaser acceptable to the Parties cannot be found
within a sixty (60)-day period, the Parties shall proceed without
delay to commence liquidation proceedings in respect of the
Company.
10.8 An Emergency
Deadlock
Event occurs where the Board is unable to make a decision on any matter
on the first occasion the matter is put to the Board and such matter, if not
addressed immediately, will or is reasonably likely to lead to the imminent
insolvency or bankruptcy of either the Company or all of the Group Companies
taken as a whole. In the case of an Emergency Deadlock Event having occurred, if
such Emergency Deadlock Event is not resolved by the Board in consultation with
the Chief Officers within thirty (30) days after the initial Board meeting that
considered the matter, the Party whose nominated Director initially proposed the
matter to the Board may serve the other Party a Deadlock Offer Notice specifying
a price at which it offers to sell or purchase all (but not less than all) of
the Shares of the other Party, in which case Clauses 10.4 to 10.7 shall apply mutatis
mutandis.
10.9 Notwithstanding
any Deadlock or Emergency Deadlock Event, the Parties must, so far as it is
reasonably practicable, continue to perform and comply with their respective
obligations under this Agreement to the extent that such obligations are not the
subject of the Deadlock until the procedure described in this Clause 10 has been completed.
11. Termination
11.1 A Party,
or either Party as specified below, shall be entitled to terminate this
Agreement forthwith upon the occurrence of any of the following events (Termination
Events):
(a)
|
by
the remaining sole Shareholder if upon completion of Transfer of Shares
according to this Agreement (including pursuant to the procedure
applicable to a Deadlock), the Company has only one remaining
Shareholder;
|
(b)
|
upon
mutual agreement in writing by the Parties to terminate this
Agreement;
|
(c)
|
by
Party A, in the event that any Regulatory Approval required from any U.S.
Governmental Body, or by Party B, in the event any Regulatory Approval
required from PRC Governmental Body is withdrawn or modified or is not
renewed at any time preventing the Group Companies from continuing to
carry on the Business or a substantial part thereof, thereby rendering the
Company unable to achieve the commercial objectives set by the
Board;
|
(d)
|
by
the non-Defaulting Party, upon a Party (the Defaulting
Party) committing a material breach or default of this Agreement or
a material breach or default of any of the Ancillary Agreements causing
material detriment to a Group Company (such right of termination shall be
without prejudice to any right or action to claim damages by the
non-Defaulting Party).
|
(e)
|
by
the non-insolvent party upon an Insolvency Event occurring in respect of
the other Party;
|
(f)
|
by
either Party, upon occurrence of a Material Event of Force Majeure as
provided in Clause 22.3;
|
(g)
|
by
either Party if all or a material portion of the assets or property of the
Group Companies are expropriated or requisitioned by any Governmental
Body.
|
11.2 In the
case of a Termination Event in Clause 11.1(b), 11.1(c), 11.1(e), 11.1(f) or 11.1(g), the
Shareholder electing to terminate shall have the right to serve a Deadlock Offer
Notice to the other Shareholder in accordance with the procedures set out in
Clause 10.4, in which case, Clauses 10.5 to 10.7 shall apply mutatis
mutandis.
11.3 In the
case of a Termination Event in Clause 11.1(d), the
non-Defaulting Party shall have the right to serve a Deadlock Offer Notice to
the Defaulting Party in accordance with the procedures set out in Clause 10.4,
in which case, Clauses 10.5 to 10.7 shall apply mutatis mutandis, provided
that if the
Defaulting Party accepts or is deemed to have accepted the non-Defaulting
Party’s offer to purchase all of its Shares, the Parties agree that the
non-Defaulting Party shall be entitled to purchase the Defaulting Party’s Shares
at a per Share price which is 80% of the price of such Shares that would have
applied had the Defaulting Party not committed a material breach or
default.
11.4 Nothing
in this Clause 11 shall affect the non-Defaulting
Party’s right to claim damages or other compensation under applicable law for a
breach or, where appropriate, to seek an immediate remedy of an injunction,
specific performance or similar court order to enforce the Defaulting Party’s
obligations.
12. Business
Plan and Budget
The CEO
and CFO shall draw up the draft Business Plan and Budget. The Company
shall procure that the Business Plan and Budget for the next Financial Year be
submitted to the Board for examination and approval prior to 31 October of each
Financial Year and in addition to setting out details of the current situation
of the Group Companies and the Business, it shall also include detailed plans
and projections regarding:
(a)
|
estimated
revenues, expenditures and profits of the Group
Companies;
|
(b)
|
staffing
levels and plans for recruitment of personnel of the Group Companies;
and
|
(c)
|
planning
assumptions for all of the above.
|
The Board
shall complete its examination and approval of each Business Plan and Budget for
the next Financial Year prior to 31 December of each year. The
Company shall procure the CEO and the CFO to implement the Business Plan and
Budget as approved by the Board.
13. Financial
Affairs and Accounting
Financial
Year
13.1 The
financial year of the Company shall be from 1 January to 31 December (the Financial
Year). However the first financial year will begin on the
Establishment Date and end either on 31 December of the same calendar year, or
31 December of the following calendar year as the Board may decide at its first
meeting and subject to approval by the relevant Governmental Bodies (if
necessary).
Accounting
Principles and System
13.2 The
Company shall ensure that each Group Company keeps its accounts and prepare
financial statements in accordance with IFRS, or
(a) in
the case of Group Companies incorporated in the PRC, PRC GAAP; and
(b) in
the case of Group Companies incorporated in the United States, US
GAAP.
In
addition, the Company shall keep consolidated accounts for the Group Companies
in accordance with IFRS. If requested by Party A for its financial
reporting purposes, the Company shall prepare consolidated accounts for the
Group Companies in accordance with PRC GAAP. If requested by
Party B for its financial reporting purposes, the Company shall prepare
consolidated accounts for the Group Companies in accordance with US
GAAP.
13.3 The
accounting system and procedures to be adopted by the Company shall be approval
by the Board. The Company shall maintain complete and accurate
financial and accounting books and records and provides periodic reporting of
financial information which is in accordance with all relevant laws and
regulations and meets the requirements of the Shareholders and the
Board. The Company shall ensure that the other Group Companies keep
their respective accounting systems and procedures in accordance with the
requirements under this Clause 13.3.
13.4 US$ shall
be used as the units of account by the Company in its financial accounts or in
the case of any Group Companies incorporated in the PRC, RMB shall be used as
the units of account in its financial accounts. All financial
statements and reports of the Group Companies shall be written in English (and
in Chinese in the case of Group Companies incorporated in the
PRC). Party A shall be entitled to request copies of the English
language financial statements and reports to be translated into Chinese and the
costs of such translation shall be borne by the Company.
Independent
Auditor
13.5 The
Company shall engage an Auditing Firm as its auditor, to examine and verify the
annual financial statements of the Group Companies. The auditor shall
be appointed by the Board for two (2) years or such other term as it considers
desirable, and may be replaced by the Board at any time.
13.6 A
Shareholder may, at its own expense, appoint another accountant to audit the
accounts of the Company on its behalf. Reasonable cooperation and
access to the accounting books and records shall be given to such accountant and
such accountant shall maintain the confidentiality of all information disclosed
during the course of this audit (except for disclosure to the relevant party and
its Affiliates).
Company
Financial Statements
13.7 Within
twenty-five (25) days following the end of each fiscal quarter for the Company,
the CEO shall submit to the Board an operating report for the Group Companies
such fiscal quarter for review.
13.8 Within
120 days following the end of each Financial Year, the CEO shall submit to the
Board audited financial statements for the Group Companies for such Financial
Year (including audited balance sheet, profit and loss statement, cash flow
statement, foreign exchange balance and a profit distribution plan) together
with the audit report of the Auditing Firm.
13.9 The Board
shall review the audited financial statements and audit report of the Group
Companies and submit the same to the Shareholders’ Meeting for
approval.
Compliance
with Law
13.10 The
Parties agree that each of them and their respective representatives, as well as
the Company, shall operate in compliance with all applicable laws with respect
to the operation and business of the Company.
14. Information
and Reporting
14.1 A
Shareholder may examine the books, records and accounts to be kept by the
Company and each Group Company. A Shareholder shall be entitled to
receive any information held by the Company and each Group Company which such
Shareholder reasonably requires to keep it properly informed about the business
and affairs of such Group Company and generally to protect its interests as a
Shareholder.
14.2 Without
prejudice to the generality of Clause 14.1, the
Company and each Group Company shall, and each Shareholder shall procure that
the Company and each Group Company shall, supply each Shareholder
with:
(a)
|
unaudited
financial statements of the Group Companies at the quarterly Board
meetings of the Company. If the Board meeting is not held
within thirty (30) days of the end of a calendar quarter then the Company
or a Group Company shall in any event provide the unaudited quarterly
financial statements to each Party on the thirtieth (30th)
day after the end of the calendar
quarter;
|
(b)
|
annual
audited financial statements under IFRS or PRC GAAP (where relevant),
including cash flow statements as soon as they are available and no later
than 120 days after the end of the relevant Financial
Year;
|
(c)
|
a
copy of monthly management accounts (including monthly income statement,
cash flow statement and balance sheet) of each Group
Company;
|
(d)
|
written
details (including the Board’s reasonable estimate of potential liability
thereunder) of any litigation or arbitration commenced or threatened
against any Group Company which, if successful, would be likely to have a
material adverse effect on the Group Company as soon as practicable after
such litigation is threatened or
commenced.
|
14.3 Each
Shareholder shall be entitled to request information, records, statements and
reports relating to the financial affairs of the Group Companies from the CFO
and CEO subject to reasonable notice of not less than five (5) Business Days,
and the CFO and CEO, as the case may be, shall promptly provide such information
requested (if readily available) and in any event within five (5) Business Days
of the request. Where the requested information is not readily
available, the CFO and CEO, as the case may be, shall use his or her best
endeavours to provide such information as soon as practicable.
15. Confidentiality
15.1 Confidentiality
undertaking
Each
Shareholder undertakes to the other Shareholders and to the Company that, unless
with the prior written consent of the relevant Shareholder who has provided the
Confidential Information, none of the Shareholders, its respective management,
employees, agents, Affiliates, Subsidiaries or other persons under its control
and the respective management, employees and agents of such person will, during
the validity period and after the termination of this Agreement (for whatever
reason) use, or divulge to any third party, or publish, or disclose, or permit
to publish or disclose any such Confidential Information which it has received
or acquired, or is likely to receive or acquire (whether or not such information
is marked as confidential if it is documented). Each Party acknowledges that
Party B is a publicly traded Unites States company listed on Nasdaq and
subject to the securities laws and regulations of the United
States. Each Party further acknowledges and agrees that it is aware,
and that its officers, employees, agents and other representatives are aware, of
restrictions imposed by the United States federal securities laws on a person
possessing material, non-public information about a company (which in the case
of Party B could include information about the Company) and that each party
and its officers, employees and agents will comply with such laws.
15.2 Exceptions
The
obligations as set out in Clause 15.1 shall not
apply to any information which:
(a)
|
is
in the public domain or obtained from the public through whatever channel
pursuant to this Agreement;
|
(b)
|
is
rightfully in a Shareholder’s possession due to disclosure by a third
party entitled to disclose the Confidential Information and which is not
subject to restrictions as to the use and disclosure thereof, and such
information has been stored through proper
channels;
|
(c)
|
is,
as required by any applicable law or any stock exchange, Governmental Body
or antitrust organisation with competent jurisdiction as appropriate,
disclosed only to the extent required by any Shareholder, which shall
first notify the other Shareholders of its intent to disclose the
information and take into account the reasonable opinion of the other
Shareholder; or
|
(d)
|
is
independently developed by a Shareholder without use of the Confidential
Information.
|
15.3 Announcements
Except as
set forth below, any Shareholder or its Affiliates (or through a third party)
shall not publish any announcement or press release in connection with the
execution or subject matter of this Agreement without the prior written consent
of the other Shareholder (such consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld). If any Shareholder or any of its Affiliates has an
obligation to announce, disclose or declare under applicable laws or regulations
(including the listing rules of the relevant stock exchange) or as required by
any stock exchange or by any Governmental Body, the Shareholder shall inform
the other Shareholders and give the other Shareholders a
reasonable opportunity to comment on what is to be announced, disclosed or
declared prior to such announcement, disclosure or declaration, provided that
the other Shareholders shall not prevent or impede the Shareholder from its
obligations required by law or the rules of the relevant stock
exchange.
16. Entire
agreement
Save in
respect of the SPA, this Agreement (together with any relevant documents
referred to herein) constitute the entire agreement among the Parties and
supersedes any previous agreement, arrangement or memorandum among the Parties
relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, which shall cease to be
binding on all Parties.
Each
Party acknowledges that it is not relying on any statements, warranties or
representations given or made by any Party relating to the subject matter
hereof, save as expressly set out in this Agreement.
17. Further
Assurance
Each of
the Parties agrees to perform (or procure the performance of) all further acts
and things, and execute and deliver (or procure the execution and delivery of)
such further documents, as may be required by law or as may be necessary or
desirable to implement and/or give effect to this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated by it.
18. No
assignment
A Party
may not assign this Agreement or otherwise assign the interests in this
Agreement or any right or remedy hereunder without the prior written consent of
the other Parties, except that such assignment is pursuant to a Transfer in
accordance with Clause 9.
19. Modification
No
modification or amendment to this Agreement shall become effective, except where
it is signed in writing and confirmed by the authorised representative of each
of the Parties.
20. Notices
Each
notice, demand or other communication to be sent or given under or in connection
with this Agreement shall be in writing and delivered by facsimile, hand or
courier to the addresses or facsimile numbers of the relevant Parties as set out
below (or such other addresses or facsimile numbers as informed to the other
Parties in writing three (3) Business Days in advance):
To Party A:
Address:
|
0
Kilometre, Caofeidian Industrial Zone, Tangshan City, Hebei Province
063200, People’s Republic of China
|
Facsimile
Number: +86
0315 882 0517
Attention: General
Manager
To Party B:
Address: 10420
Research Road, SE Albuquerque, NM 87123 USA
Facsimile
Number: +1
505 323 3402
Attention: Chief
Executive Officer
Any
notice, demand or other communication so given to the relevant Party shall be
deemed to have been duly given: (a) if delivered by hand or courier, at the time
its receipt is signed for, whether or not the person signing for such receipt
has authority to do so, and (b) if sent or given by facsimile, when confirmation
of its transmission has been recorded by the sender's facsimile machine. In the
case of any notice received (or deemed received if not actually received by the
time of receipt as deemed) after 4.00 p.m. on any day, service shall be deemed
to occur on the next following Business Day.
21. Waiver
Any
Party’s failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any right or remedy under
the provisions of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as the
Party’s waiver of such right or remedy.
22. Force
majeure
22.1 None of the Parties shall be
liable for any breach of or failure to perform any of its obligations hereunder
where and to the extent that such breach or failure is caused by any event
beyond such Party’s reasonable control, including acts of God, fire, flood,
storms, typhoons, earthquakes, landslides, tsunamis, wars, civil strikes,
actions of any Governmental Body not attributable to Party A, epidemics,
terrorism and other similar events (an Event of Force
Majeure).
22.2 If an
Event of Force Majeure occurs, the performance of the contractual obligations
under this Agreement of the Party affected by such Event of Force Majeure shall,
to the extent and for the duration that they are affected by such Event of Force
Majeure, be suspended and shall automatically be extended, without penalty, for
a period equal to such suspension. A Party claiming an Event of Force Majeure
shall promptly give notice to the other Party by appropriate means, and shall
furnish reasonably substantial proof of the occurrence and duration of the
adverse consequences of such Event of Force Majeure. A Party claiming an Event
of Force Majeure shall also use all reasonable efforts to mitigate or terminate
the effects of Force Majeure on its obligations hereunder.
22.3 If an
Event of Force Majeure occurs in respect of any material obligation under this
Agreement (Material Event of
Force Majeure), the Parties shall immediately consult with each other in
order to find an equitable solution and shall use all reasonable efforts to
minimise the consequences of such Event of Force Majeure. If they are unable to
find a solution after six (6) months and the aforesaid Event of Force Majeure
continues unabated, either Party shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement
in accordance with Clause 11.1(f).
23. Counterparts
This
Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by each party on
separate counterparts. Each counterpart is an original, but all counterparts
shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of a counterpart
of this Agreement by e-mail attachment or telecopy shall be an effective mode of
delivery.
24. No
partnership
This
Agreement shall not constitute or be deemed to constitute a partnership between
the Parties and the Parties shall not have any power to bind the others in any
way.
25. Costs
and tax
Each
Party shall bear its own costs and expenses (including attorney fees and
transaction costs) incurred by it in its preparation, negotiation, execution and
performance of this Agreement and completion of the transactions contemplated
hereunder.
26. Conflict
with the articles of association
Notwithstanding
that the provisions of the Articles of Association or the Company’s further
amendments thereto may be contrary hereto, in the event of any ambiguity or
conflict arising between the provisions of this Agreement and those of the
Articles of Association, the provisions of this Agreement (so long as they
remain in full force and effect) shall prevail. The Company is not bound by any
provision of this Agreement to the extent that it constitutes an unlawful fetter
on any statutory power of the Company.
27. Severability
If any
provision of this Agreement is or is held to be invalid or unenforceable, then
so far as it is invalid or unenforceable it has no effect and is deemed not to
be included in this Agreement. This shall not invalidate any of the
remaining provisions of this Agreement. The Parties shall use all
reasonable endeavours to replace any invalid or unenforceable provision by a
valid provision the effect of which is as close as possible to the intended
effect of the invalid or unenforceable provision.
28. Governing
law
This
Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Hong
Kong without giving effect to its principles of conflict of laws requiring the
substantive law of any other jurisdiction.
29. Dispute
Resolution
29.1 The
Parties agree that any dispute, claim, controversy or disagreement (the Dispute)
arising out of, relating to, or in connection with this Agreement (including the
formation, existence, validity, enforcement, performance, breach, termination or
interpretation thereof), shall be referred to and finally resolved in accordance
with the Arbitration Rules administered by the Singapore International
Arbitration Centre (SIAC) for
the time being in force, which rules are deemed to be incorporated herein by
reference. The legal seat of the arbitration shall be
Singapore. The arbitration tribunal (Tribunal) shall
consist of three arbitrators to be appointed by the chairman of the
SIAC. The language of the arbitration shall be English and
Chinese.
29.2 The
prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable costs and expenses,
including witness fees and expenses, arbitrators’ fees and expenses, and fees
and expenses of legal representation, incurred in the arbitration proceedings or
in any action to enforce this Agreement or any arbitral award in any judicial
proceeding.
29.3 The
arbitral award shall be delivered to the parties, shall be in writing, shall
state the reasons for the award, and shall be final and binding upon the
parties, and the parties agree to be bound thereby and to act
accordingly. Nothing in this Clause 29
shall prevent any Party from seeking conservatory or interim measures,
including, but not limited to, temporary restraining orders or preliminary
injunctions or their equivalent, from any court of competent jurisdiction before
the Tribunal is constituted or, thereafter, upon the order of the
Tribunal.
29.4 Judgment
upon any award may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof or having
jurisdiction over the relevant party or its assets. Each of the
Parties knowingly, voluntarily, intentionally and expressly waives any and all
rights it may have to a trial by jury with respect to any litigation instituted
to compel arbitration pursuant to this Clause 29 or to confirm, recognize, enforce, vacate, modify
or correct an award. Each of the Parties acknowledges and agrees that
any Party may effect a valid service or process in any arbitration or judicial
proceedings by delivering any arbitral or judicial process or notice by
utilizing the provisions set out in Clause 29.
30. Language
This
Agreement shall be written in both English and Chinese. Both language versions
shall have equal effect.
31. Effectiveness
Following
execution of this Agreement by the authorised representatives of the Parties,
this Agreement shall take effect from the Establishment Date.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the
Parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above
written.
SIGNED
by
By:
/s/ Yong Dong
Liu
Name: Yong
Dong Liu
Title: General
Manager
for and
on behalf
of
TANGSHAN
CAOFEDIAN
INVESTMENT CO.,
LIMITED
SIGNED
by
By: /s/ Hong Q.
Hou
Name: Hong
Q.
Hou
Title: Chief
Executive Officer
for and
on behalf
of
EMCORE
CORPORATION
ex10-3.htm
EXHIBIT
10.3
Supplemental
Agreement
This
supplemental agreement (Agreement) is
made on this 3rd day of February 2010
BETWEEN
(1) TANGSHAN CAOFEIDIAN INDUSTRIAL ZONE
MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE, with its principal place of business at Tangshan
Caofeidian Industrial Zone, Tangshan, Bei, China (Party
A)
Person
in Charge: Liu Jianli
AND
(2) EMCORE CORPORATION, with its
principal executive office at 1600 Eubank Boulevard, Albuquerque, New Mexico,
USA (Party
B)
Legal
Representative: Reuben Richards
WHEREAS
With the
objective of promoting long-term development and based on the principle of
“cooperation for mutual benefit in pursuit of a win-win result”, IT IS HEREBY
AGREED as follows:
Party B
undertakes to establish its China solar (CPV) manufacturing and operations base
site in Caofeidian Industrial Zone. Party A undertakes to grant the following
incentives and support to Party B:
(A) Party
A shall cause Tangshan Caofeidian Investment Co. Limited to provide up to the
equivalent of US$3,300,000 of RMB denominated loans to the Emcore solar CPV
enterprise which shall be established in Caofeidian Industrial Zone by Party B,
such loan to be provided based on the financing needs of such
enterprise.
(B) Subject
to payment of applicable enterprise income taxes and value-added taxes, Party A
shall provide full tax rebate for the first 2 years and partial rebate for the
subsequent three years to the solar CPV enterprise operating in the Caofeidian
Industrial Zone, i.e., the enterprise’s portion of enterprise income taxes and
value-added taxes for the first two years of profitability which are retained by
Caofeidian Industrial Zone shall be fully refunded by Caofeidian Industrial Zone
and 50% of such taxes retained by Caofeidian Industrial Zone for the subsequent
third, fourth and fifth years shall be refunded by Caofeidian Industrial
Zone.
(C) If
the enterprise referred to in Clause 3 above were to lease Party A’s standard
operating factories buildings in Caofeidian Industrial Zone, Party A will exempt
the rental for the first two years from the effective date of the respective
lease agreements and rent shall be imposed from the third year
onwards.
(D) Party
A will provide reasonable assistance to Party B in its negotiations with China
Huaneng Group and other Chinese enterprises on joint cooperation for the
development of solar business in China.
(E) Subject
to favourable policies adopted by the PRC government, Party A will consider
providing Party B with land use rights in the future for the solar CPV operation
base in Caofeidian Industrial Zone.
SIGNED
by
By:
/s/ Yong Dong
Liu
Name: Yong
Dong Liu
Title: General
Manager
for and
on behalf
of
TANGSHAN CAOFEDIAN
INDUSTRIAL
ZONE MANAGEMENT
COMMITTEE
SIGNED
by
By: /s/ Hong Q.
Hou
Name: Hong
Q.
Hou
Title: Chief
Executive Officer
for and
on behalf
of
EMCORE
CORPORATION
ex10-4.htm
EXHIBIT
10.4
SIXTH
AMENDMENT TO
LOAN
AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
This
Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is dated as of
the 8th day
of February, 2010, and is made by and among EMCORE Corporation, a New Jersey
corporation (“Borrower”), Bank of America, N.A. (“Lender”), and the other
Obligors party to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated
September 26, 2008 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from
time to time, the “Agreement”). Borrower, Lender and such other
Obligors now desire to amend the Agreement as provided herein, subject to the
conditions set forth herein. Capitalized terms used in this Amendment
and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to such terms in the
Agreement.
NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, the mutual covenants and
agreements set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, Borrower, such other Obligors
and Lender agree as follows:
1. The
proviso following subsection 2(a)(iii) of the Agreement is amended to read in
its entirety as follows:
“provided
that the Revolving Loan Limit shall in no event exceed Fourteen Million and
No/100 Dollars ($14,000,000) minus the available amount under any separate line
of credit provided by Lender to Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries for the
purpose of hedging foreign exchange rates (the “Maximum Revolving Loan
Limit”); and provided further that (A) in no event shall advances against
the Eligible Accounts described in clause (x), subclause (B) of the definition
thereof exceed Ten Million and No/100 Dollars ($10,000,000) in the aggregate at
any time, and (B) in no event shall advances against Eligible Accounts described
in clause (viii) of the definition thereof exceed Two Million Five Hundred
Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($2,500,000) in the aggregate at any
time.”
2. Effective
as of December 31, 2009, subsection 14(b) of the Agreement is amended to read in
its entirety as follows:
“No
Obligor shall permit the Consolidated EBITDA of Borrower and its Subsidiaries to
be less than the amount set forth below for the corresponding period set forth
below:
Period Minimum
EBITDA
Three
months ended June 30,
2009 ($8,640,000)
Six
months ended September 30,
2009 ($14,649,000)
Nine
months ended December 31,
2009 ($15,200,000)
Fiscal
quarter ended March 31, 2010,
and each
fiscal quarter end
thereafter $5,000,000”
3. Borrower
shall pay all expenses, including attorney fees, which Lender incurs in
connection with the preparation of this Amendment and any related
documents. All such fees and expenses maybe charged against
Borrower’s loan account
4. To induce
Lender to enter into this Amendment, Obligors make the following representations
and warranties:
(a) Each
recital, representation and warranty contained in this Amendment, in the
Agreement as amended by this Amendment and in the Other Agreements, is true and
correct as of the date of this Amendment and does not omit to state a material
fact required to make such recital, representation or warranty not misleading;
and
(b) No Event
of Default or event which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice or
both, would constitute an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under
the Agreement or any of the Other Agreements.
5. Each
Obligor waives any and all defenses, claims, counterclaims and offsets against
Lender which may have arisen or accrued through the date of this
Amendment. Each Obligor acknowledges that Lender and its employees,
officers, agents and attorneys have made no representations or promises except
as specifically reflected in this Amendment and in the written agreements which
have been previously executed.
6. Each
Obligor represents and warrants to Lender that this Amendment has been approved
by all necessary corporate action, and the individual signing below represents
and warrants that he or she is fully authorized to do so.
7. This
Amendment shall not become effective until this Amendment and the Guarantors’
Acknowledgement attached hereto have been fully executed by all parties hereto
or thereto and delivered to Lender.
8. Except as
expressly amended hereby and by any other supplemental documents or instruments
executed by either party hereto in order to effectuate the transactions
contemplated by this Amendment, the Agreement and all Exhibits thereto are
ratified and confirmed by Obligors and Lender and remain in full force and
effect in accordance with their terms.
9. This
Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be
an original, but all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same
agreement. This Amendment may be delivered by facsimile, and when so
delivered will have the same force and effect as delivery of an original
signature.
[Signatures
appear on the following page.]
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first
above written.
EMCORE
CORPORATION
/s/ Keith
Kosco
By: Keith
J. Kosco, Esq.
Title: CLO
and Corporate Secretary
EMCORE
IRB COMPANY, LLC
/s/ Keith
Kosco
By: Keith
J. Kosco, Esq.
Title: CLO
and Corporate Secretary
OPTICOMM
CORP.
/s/ Keith
Kosco
By: Keith
Kosco, Esq.
Title: CLO
and Corporate Secretary
EMCORE
SOLAR POWER, INC.
/s/ Keith
Kosco
By: Keith
J. Kosco, Esq.
Title: CLO
and Corporate Secretary
BANK OF
AMERICA, N.A.
/s/ Joe
Fudacz
By: Joe
Fudacz
Title: Senior
Vice President
GUARANTORS’
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
The
undersigned guarantors acknowledge that Bank of America, N.A. (“Lender”) has no
obligation to provide them with notice of, or to obtain their consent to, the
terms of the foregoing Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (the
“Amendment”). The undersigned guarantors nevertheless: (i)
acknowledge and agree to the terms and conditions of the Amendment; (ii)
acknowledge that their guaranties remain fully valid, binding, and enforceable;
and (iii) waive any and all defenses, claims, counterclaims, and offsets which
they may have against Lender through the date of the Amendment.
EMCORE
IRB COMPANY, LLC
/s/ Keith
Kosco
By: Keith
J. Kosco, Esq.
Title: CLO
and Corporate Secretary
OPTICOMM
CORP.
/s/ Keith
Kosco
By: Keith
J. Kosco, Esq.
Title: CLO
and Corporate Secretary
EMCORE
SOLAR POWER, INC.
/s/ Keith
Kosco
By: Keith
J. Kosco, Esq.
Title: CLO
and Corporate Secretary
ex31-1.htm
Exhibit
31.1
EMCORE
CORPORATION
CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Hong
Q. Hou, Ph.D., certify that:
1.
|
I
have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of EMCORE
Corporation ("Report");
|
2.
|
Based
on my knowledge, this Report does not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
Report;
|
3.
|
Based
on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
included in this Report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
Report;
|
4.
|
The
registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for
establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal
control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and
have:
|
a.
|
Designed
such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that material information relating to the registrant, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this Report is being
prepared;
|
b.
|
Designed
such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;
|
c.
|
Evaluated
the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures
and presented in this Report our conclusions about the effectiveness of
the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period
covered by this Report based on such evaluation;
and
|
d.
|
Disclosed
in this Report any change in the registrant’s internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an
annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial
reporting; and
|
5.
|
The
registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on
our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting,
to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s
board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions):
|
a.
|
All
significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information;
and
|
b.
|
Any
fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control
over financial reporting.
|
Date:
February
9, 2010
|
|
By:
/s/
Hong Q. Hou
|
|
|
Hong
Q. Hou, Ph.D.
|
|
|
Chief
Executive Officer
|
|
|
(Principal
Executive Officer)
|
|
|
|
ex31-2.htm
Exhibit
31.2
EMCORE
CORPORATION
CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, John
M. Markovich, certify that:
1.
|
I
have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of EMCORE
Corporation ("Report");
|
2.
|
Based
on my knowledge, this Report does not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
Report;
|
3.
|
Based
on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
included in this Report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
Report;
|
4.
|
The
registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for
establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal
control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and
have:
|
|
a.
|
Designed
such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that material information relating to the registrant, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this Report is being
prepared;
|
|
b.
|
Designed
such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;
|
c.
|
Evaluated
the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures
and presented in this Report our conclusions about the effectiveness of
the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period
covered by this Report based on such evaluation;
and
|
d.
|
Disclosed
in this Report any change in the registrant’s internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an
annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial
reporting; and
|
5.
|
The
registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on
our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting,
to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s
board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions):
|
|
a.
|
All
significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information;
and
|
|
b.
|
Any
fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control
over financial reporting.
|
Date:
February
9, 2010
|
|
By:
/s/
John M. Markovich
|
|
|
John
M. Markovich
|
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
|
|
(Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
ex32-1.htm
Exhibit
32.1
STATEMENT
REQUIRED BY 18 U.S.C. §1350, AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT
TO §906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In
connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of EMCORE Corporation (the
"Company") for the quarter ended December 31, 2009, as filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Hong Q. Hou,
Ph.D., Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) of the Company,
certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1) The
Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2) The
information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects,
the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date:
February
9, 2010
|
|
By:
/s/
Hong Q. Hou
|
|
|
Hong
Q. Hou, Ph.D.
|
|
|
Chief
Executive Officer
|
|
|
(Principal
Executive Officer)
|
|
|
|
A
signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been
provided to EMCORE Corporation and will be retained by EMCORE Corporation and
furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
This certification has not been, and shall not be deemed to be, filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
ex32-2.htm
Exhibit
32.2
STATEMENT
REQUIRED BY 18 U.S.C. §1350, AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT
TO §906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In
connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of EMCORE Corporation (the
"Company") for the quarter ended December 31, 2009, as filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, John M. Markovich,
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) of the
Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1) The
Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2) The
information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects,
the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date:
February
9, 2010
|
|
By:
/s/
John M. Markovich
|
|
|
John
M. Markovich
|
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
|
|
(Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
A
signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been
provided to EMCORE Corporation and will be retained by EMCORE Corporation and
furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
This certification has not been, and shall not be deemed to be, filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.